blob: 6d00ba198a35abdfd8fde296f5eacb6cb7573304 [file] [log] [blame]
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001//===--- SemaOverload.cpp - C++ Overloading ---------------------*- C++ -*-===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file provides Sema routines for C++ overloading.
11//
12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13
14#include "Sema.h"
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +000015#include "Lookup.h"
Douglas Gregor0a70c4d2009-12-22 21:44:34 +000016#include "SemaInit.h"
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000017#include "clang/Basic/Diagnostic.h"
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +000018#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000019#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +000020#include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h"
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000021#include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +000022#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +000023#include "clang/AST/TypeOrdering.h"
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +000024#include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
Douglas Gregor58e008d2008-11-13 20:12:29 +000025#include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h"
Douglas Gregor55297ac2008-12-23 00:26:44 +000026#include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h"
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000027#include <algorithm>
28
29namespace clang {
30
31/// GetConversionCategory - Retrieve the implicit conversion
32/// category corresponding to the given implicit conversion kind.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +000033ImplicitConversionCategory
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000034GetConversionCategory(ImplicitConversionKind Kind) {
35 static const ImplicitConversionCategory
36 Category[(int)ICK_Num_Conversion_Kinds] = {
37 ICC_Identity,
38 ICC_Lvalue_Transformation,
39 ICC_Lvalue_Transformation,
40 ICC_Lvalue_Transformation,
Douglas Gregor40cb9ad2009-12-09 00:47:37 +000041 ICC_Identity,
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000042 ICC_Qualification_Adjustment,
43 ICC_Promotion,
44 ICC_Promotion,
Douglas Gregor78ca74d2009-02-12 00:15:05 +000045 ICC_Promotion,
46 ICC_Conversion,
47 ICC_Conversion,
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000048 ICC_Conversion,
49 ICC_Conversion,
50 ICC_Conversion,
51 ICC_Conversion,
52 ICC_Conversion,
Douglas Gregor786ab212008-10-29 02:00:59 +000053 ICC_Conversion,
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +000054 ICC_Conversion,
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000055 ICC_Conversion
56 };
57 return Category[(int)Kind];
58}
59
60/// GetConversionRank - Retrieve the implicit conversion rank
61/// corresponding to the given implicit conversion kind.
62ImplicitConversionRank GetConversionRank(ImplicitConversionKind Kind) {
63 static const ImplicitConversionRank
64 Rank[(int)ICK_Num_Conversion_Kinds] = {
65 ICR_Exact_Match,
66 ICR_Exact_Match,
67 ICR_Exact_Match,
68 ICR_Exact_Match,
69 ICR_Exact_Match,
Douglas Gregor40cb9ad2009-12-09 00:47:37 +000070 ICR_Exact_Match,
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000071 ICR_Promotion,
72 ICR_Promotion,
Douglas Gregor78ca74d2009-02-12 00:15:05 +000073 ICR_Promotion,
74 ICR_Conversion,
75 ICR_Conversion,
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000076 ICR_Conversion,
77 ICR_Conversion,
78 ICR_Conversion,
79 ICR_Conversion,
80 ICR_Conversion,
Douglas Gregor786ab212008-10-29 02:00:59 +000081 ICR_Conversion,
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +000082 ICR_Conversion,
Chandler Carruth8fa1e7e2010-02-25 07:20:54 +000083 ICR_Complex_Real_Conversion
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000084 };
85 return Rank[(int)Kind];
86}
87
88/// GetImplicitConversionName - Return the name of this kind of
89/// implicit conversion.
90const char* GetImplicitConversionName(ImplicitConversionKind Kind) {
Nuno Lopescfca1f02009-12-23 17:49:57 +000091 static const char* const Name[(int)ICK_Num_Conversion_Kinds] = {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000092 "No conversion",
93 "Lvalue-to-rvalue",
94 "Array-to-pointer",
95 "Function-to-pointer",
Douglas Gregor40cb9ad2009-12-09 00:47:37 +000096 "Noreturn adjustment",
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000097 "Qualification",
98 "Integral promotion",
99 "Floating point promotion",
Douglas Gregor78ca74d2009-02-12 00:15:05 +0000100 "Complex promotion",
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000101 "Integral conversion",
102 "Floating conversion",
Douglas Gregor78ca74d2009-02-12 00:15:05 +0000103 "Complex conversion",
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000104 "Floating-integral conversion",
Douglas Gregor78ca74d2009-02-12 00:15:05 +0000105 "Complex-real conversion",
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000106 "Pointer conversion",
107 "Pointer-to-member conversion",
Douglas Gregor786ab212008-10-29 02:00:59 +0000108 "Boolean conversion",
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000109 "Compatible-types conversion",
Douglas Gregor786ab212008-10-29 02:00:59 +0000110 "Derived-to-base conversion"
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000111 };
112 return Name[Kind];
113}
114
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000115/// StandardConversionSequence - Set the standard conversion
116/// sequence to the identity conversion.
117void StandardConversionSequence::setAsIdentityConversion() {
118 First = ICK_Identity;
119 Second = ICK_Identity;
120 Third = ICK_Identity;
Douglas Gregore489a7d2010-02-28 18:30:25 +0000121 DeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtr = false;
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000122 ReferenceBinding = false;
123 DirectBinding = false;
Sebastian Redlf69a94a2009-03-29 22:46:24 +0000124 RRefBinding = false;
Douglas Gregor2fe98832008-11-03 19:09:14 +0000125 CopyConstructor = 0;
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000126}
127
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000128/// getRank - Retrieve the rank of this standard conversion sequence
129/// (C++ 13.3.3.1.1p3). The rank is the largest rank of each of the
130/// implicit conversions.
131ImplicitConversionRank StandardConversionSequence::getRank() const {
132 ImplicitConversionRank Rank = ICR_Exact_Match;
133 if (GetConversionRank(First) > Rank)
134 Rank = GetConversionRank(First);
135 if (GetConversionRank(Second) > Rank)
136 Rank = GetConversionRank(Second);
137 if (GetConversionRank(Third) > Rank)
138 Rank = GetConversionRank(Third);
139 return Rank;
140}
141
142/// isPointerConversionToBool - Determines whether this conversion is
143/// a conversion of a pointer or pointer-to-member to bool. This is
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000144/// used as part of the ranking of standard conversion sequences
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000145/// (C++ 13.3.3.2p4).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000146bool StandardConversionSequence::isPointerConversionToBool() const {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000147 // Note that FromType has not necessarily been transformed by the
148 // array-to-pointer or function-to-pointer implicit conversions, so
149 // check for their presence as well as checking whether FromType is
150 // a pointer.
Douglas Gregor3edc4d52010-01-27 03:51:04 +0000151 if (getToType(1)->isBooleanType() &&
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +0000152 (getFromType()->isPointerType() || getFromType()->isBlockPointerType() ||
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000153 First == ICK_Array_To_Pointer || First == ICK_Function_To_Pointer))
154 return true;
155
156 return false;
157}
158
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +0000159/// isPointerConversionToVoidPointer - Determines whether this
160/// conversion is a conversion of a pointer to a void pointer. This is
161/// used as part of the ranking of standard conversion sequences (C++
162/// 13.3.3.2p4).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000163bool
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +0000164StandardConversionSequence::
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000165isPointerConversionToVoidPointer(ASTContext& Context) const {
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +0000166 QualType FromType = getFromType();
Douglas Gregor3edc4d52010-01-27 03:51:04 +0000167 QualType ToType = getToType(1);
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +0000168
169 // Note that FromType has not necessarily been transformed by the
170 // array-to-pointer implicit conversion, so check for its presence
171 // and redo the conversion to get a pointer.
172 if (First == ICK_Array_To_Pointer)
173 FromType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType);
174
Douglas Gregor1aa450a2009-12-13 21:37:05 +0000175 if (Second == ICK_Pointer_Conversion && FromType->isPointerType())
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000176 if (const PointerType* ToPtrType = ToType->getAs<PointerType>())
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +0000177 return ToPtrType->getPointeeType()->isVoidType();
178
179 return false;
180}
181
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000182/// DebugPrint - Print this standard conversion sequence to standard
183/// error. Useful for debugging overloading issues.
184void StandardConversionSequence::DebugPrint() const {
Daniel Dunbar42e3df02010-01-22 02:04:41 +0000185 llvm::raw_ostream &OS = llvm::errs();
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000186 bool PrintedSomething = false;
187 if (First != ICK_Identity) {
Daniel Dunbar42e3df02010-01-22 02:04:41 +0000188 OS << GetImplicitConversionName(First);
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000189 PrintedSomething = true;
190 }
191
192 if (Second != ICK_Identity) {
193 if (PrintedSomething) {
Daniel Dunbar42e3df02010-01-22 02:04:41 +0000194 OS << " -> ";
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000195 }
Daniel Dunbar42e3df02010-01-22 02:04:41 +0000196 OS << GetImplicitConversionName(Second);
Douglas Gregor2fe98832008-11-03 19:09:14 +0000197
198 if (CopyConstructor) {
Daniel Dunbar42e3df02010-01-22 02:04:41 +0000199 OS << " (by copy constructor)";
Douglas Gregor2fe98832008-11-03 19:09:14 +0000200 } else if (DirectBinding) {
Daniel Dunbar42e3df02010-01-22 02:04:41 +0000201 OS << " (direct reference binding)";
Douglas Gregor2fe98832008-11-03 19:09:14 +0000202 } else if (ReferenceBinding) {
Daniel Dunbar42e3df02010-01-22 02:04:41 +0000203 OS << " (reference binding)";
Douglas Gregor2fe98832008-11-03 19:09:14 +0000204 }
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000205 PrintedSomething = true;
206 }
207
208 if (Third != ICK_Identity) {
209 if (PrintedSomething) {
Daniel Dunbar42e3df02010-01-22 02:04:41 +0000210 OS << " -> ";
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000211 }
Daniel Dunbar42e3df02010-01-22 02:04:41 +0000212 OS << GetImplicitConversionName(Third);
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000213 PrintedSomething = true;
214 }
215
216 if (!PrintedSomething) {
Daniel Dunbar42e3df02010-01-22 02:04:41 +0000217 OS << "No conversions required";
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000218 }
219}
220
221/// DebugPrint - Print this user-defined conversion sequence to standard
222/// error. Useful for debugging overloading issues.
223void UserDefinedConversionSequence::DebugPrint() const {
Daniel Dunbar42e3df02010-01-22 02:04:41 +0000224 llvm::raw_ostream &OS = llvm::errs();
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000225 if (Before.First || Before.Second || Before.Third) {
226 Before.DebugPrint();
Daniel Dunbar42e3df02010-01-22 02:04:41 +0000227 OS << " -> ";
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000228 }
Daniel Dunbar42e3df02010-01-22 02:04:41 +0000229 OS << "'" << ConversionFunction->getNameAsString() << "'";
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000230 if (After.First || After.Second || After.Third) {
Daniel Dunbar42e3df02010-01-22 02:04:41 +0000231 OS << " -> ";
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000232 After.DebugPrint();
233 }
234}
235
236/// DebugPrint - Print this implicit conversion sequence to standard
237/// error. Useful for debugging overloading issues.
238void ImplicitConversionSequence::DebugPrint() const {
Daniel Dunbar42e3df02010-01-22 02:04:41 +0000239 llvm::raw_ostream &OS = llvm::errs();
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000240 switch (ConversionKind) {
241 case StandardConversion:
Daniel Dunbar42e3df02010-01-22 02:04:41 +0000242 OS << "Standard conversion: ";
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000243 Standard.DebugPrint();
244 break;
245 case UserDefinedConversion:
Daniel Dunbar42e3df02010-01-22 02:04:41 +0000246 OS << "User-defined conversion: ";
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000247 UserDefined.DebugPrint();
248 break;
249 case EllipsisConversion:
Daniel Dunbar42e3df02010-01-22 02:04:41 +0000250 OS << "Ellipsis conversion";
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000251 break;
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +0000252 case AmbiguousConversion:
Daniel Dunbar42e3df02010-01-22 02:04:41 +0000253 OS << "Ambiguous conversion";
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +0000254 break;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000255 case BadConversion:
Daniel Dunbar42e3df02010-01-22 02:04:41 +0000256 OS << "Bad conversion";
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000257 break;
258 }
259
Daniel Dunbar42e3df02010-01-22 02:04:41 +0000260 OS << "\n";
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000261}
262
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +0000263void AmbiguousConversionSequence::construct() {
264 new (&conversions()) ConversionSet();
265}
266
267void AmbiguousConversionSequence::destruct() {
268 conversions().~ConversionSet();
269}
270
271void
272AmbiguousConversionSequence::copyFrom(const AmbiguousConversionSequence &O) {
273 FromTypePtr = O.FromTypePtr;
274 ToTypePtr = O.ToTypePtr;
275 new (&conversions()) ConversionSet(O.conversions());
276}
277
278
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000279// IsOverload - Determine whether the given New declaration is an
John McCall3d988d92009-12-02 08:47:38 +0000280// overload of the declarations in Old. This routine returns false if
281// New and Old cannot be overloaded, e.g., if New has the same
282// signature as some function in Old (C++ 1.3.10) or if the Old
283// declarations aren't functions (or function templates) at all. When
John McCalldaa3d6b2009-12-09 03:35:25 +0000284// it does return false, MatchedDecl will point to the decl that New
285// cannot be overloaded with. This decl may be a UsingShadowDecl on
286// top of the underlying declaration.
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000287//
288// Example: Given the following input:
289//
290// void f(int, float); // #1
291// void f(int, int); // #2
292// int f(int, int); // #3
293//
294// When we process #1, there is no previous declaration of "f",
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000295// so IsOverload will not be used.
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000296//
John McCall3d988d92009-12-02 08:47:38 +0000297// When we process #2, Old contains only the FunctionDecl for #1. By
298// comparing the parameter types, we see that #1 and #2 are overloaded
299// (since they have different signatures), so this routine returns
300// false; MatchedDecl is unchanged.
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000301//
John McCall3d988d92009-12-02 08:47:38 +0000302// When we process #3, Old is an overload set containing #1 and #2. We
303// compare the signatures of #3 to #1 (they're overloaded, so we do
304// nothing) and then #3 to #2. Since the signatures of #3 and #2 are
305// identical (return types of functions are not part of the
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000306// signature), IsOverload returns false and MatchedDecl will be set to
307// point to the FunctionDecl for #2.
John McCalldaa3d6b2009-12-09 03:35:25 +0000308Sema::OverloadKind
John McCall84d87672009-12-10 09:41:52 +0000309Sema::CheckOverload(FunctionDecl *New, const LookupResult &Old,
310 NamedDecl *&Match) {
John McCall3d988d92009-12-02 08:47:38 +0000311 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Old.begin(), E = Old.end();
John McCall1f82f242009-11-18 22:49:29 +0000312 I != E; ++I) {
John McCall3d988d92009-12-02 08:47:38 +0000313 NamedDecl *OldD = (*I)->getUnderlyingDecl();
314 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldT = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldD)) {
John McCall1f82f242009-11-18 22:49:29 +0000315 if (!IsOverload(New, OldT->getTemplatedDecl())) {
John McCalldaa3d6b2009-12-09 03:35:25 +0000316 Match = *I;
317 return Ovl_Match;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000318 }
John McCall3d988d92009-12-02 08:47:38 +0000319 } else if (FunctionDecl *OldF = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldD)) {
John McCall1f82f242009-11-18 22:49:29 +0000320 if (!IsOverload(New, OldF)) {
John McCalldaa3d6b2009-12-09 03:35:25 +0000321 Match = *I;
322 return Ovl_Match;
John McCall1f82f242009-11-18 22:49:29 +0000323 }
John McCall84d87672009-12-10 09:41:52 +0000324 } else if (isa<UsingDecl>(OldD) || isa<TagDecl>(OldD)) {
325 // We can overload with these, which can show up when doing
326 // redeclaration checks for UsingDecls.
327 assert(Old.getLookupKind() == LookupUsingDeclName);
328 } else if (isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(OldD)) {
329 // Optimistically assume that an unresolved using decl will
330 // overload; if it doesn't, we'll have to diagnose during
331 // template instantiation.
332 } else {
John McCall1f82f242009-11-18 22:49:29 +0000333 // (C++ 13p1):
334 // Only function declarations can be overloaded; object and type
335 // declarations cannot be overloaded.
John McCalldaa3d6b2009-12-09 03:35:25 +0000336 Match = *I;
337 return Ovl_NonFunction;
John McCall1f82f242009-11-18 22:49:29 +0000338 }
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000339 }
John McCall1f82f242009-11-18 22:49:29 +0000340
John McCalldaa3d6b2009-12-09 03:35:25 +0000341 return Ovl_Overload;
John McCall1f82f242009-11-18 22:49:29 +0000342}
343
344bool Sema::IsOverload(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old) {
345 FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplate = Old->getDescribedFunctionTemplate();
346 FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = New->getDescribedFunctionTemplate();
347
348 // C++ [temp.fct]p2:
349 // A function template can be overloaded with other function templates
350 // and with normal (non-template) functions.
351 if ((OldTemplate == 0) != (NewTemplate == 0))
352 return true;
353
354 // Is the function New an overload of the function Old?
355 QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType());
356 QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());
357
358 // Compare the signatures (C++ 1.3.10) of the two functions to
359 // determine whether they are overloads. If we find any mismatch
360 // in the signature, they are overloads.
361
362 // If either of these functions is a K&R-style function (no
363 // prototype), then we consider them to have matching signatures.
364 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(OldQType.getTypePtr()) ||
365 isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewQType.getTypePtr()))
366 return false;
367
368 FunctionProtoType* OldType = cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldQType);
369 FunctionProtoType* NewType = cast<FunctionProtoType>(NewQType);
370
371 // The signature of a function includes the types of its
372 // parameters (C++ 1.3.10), which includes the presence or absence
373 // of the ellipsis; see C++ DR 357).
374 if (OldQType != NewQType &&
375 (OldType->getNumArgs() != NewType->getNumArgs() ||
376 OldType->isVariadic() != NewType->isVariadic() ||
377 !std::equal(OldType->arg_type_begin(), OldType->arg_type_end(),
378 NewType->arg_type_begin())))
379 return true;
380
381 // C++ [temp.over.link]p4:
382 // The signature of a function template consists of its function
383 // signature, its return type and its template parameter list. The names
384 // of the template parameters are significant only for establishing the
385 // relationship between the template parameters and the rest of the
386 // signature.
387 //
388 // We check the return type and template parameter lists for function
389 // templates first; the remaining checks follow.
390 if (NewTemplate &&
391 (!TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(NewTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
392 OldTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
393 false, TPL_TemplateMatch) ||
394 OldType->getResultType() != NewType->getResultType()))
395 return true;
396
397 // If the function is a class member, its signature includes the
398 // cv-qualifiers (if any) on the function itself.
399 //
400 // As part of this, also check whether one of the member functions
401 // is static, in which case they are not overloads (C++
402 // 13.1p2). While not part of the definition of the signature,
403 // this check is important to determine whether these functions
404 // can be overloaded.
405 CXXMethodDecl* OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old);
406 CXXMethodDecl* NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New);
407 if (OldMethod && NewMethod &&
408 !OldMethod->isStatic() && !NewMethod->isStatic() &&
409 OldMethod->getTypeQualifiers() != NewMethod->getTypeQualifiers())
410 return true;
411
412 // The signatures match; this is not an overload.
413 return false;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000414}
415
Douglas Gregor8e1cf602008-10-29 00:13:59 +0000416/// TryImplicitConversion - Attempt to perform an implicit conversion
417/// from the given expression (Expr) to the given type (ToType). This
418/// function returns an implicit conversion sequence that can be used
419/// to perform the initialization. Given
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000420///
421/// void f(float f);
422/// void g(int i) { f(i); }
423///
424/// this routine would produce an implicit conversion sequence to
425/// describe the initialization of f from i, which will be a standard
426/// conversion sequence containing an lvalue-to-rvalue conversion (C++
427/// 4.1) followed by a floating-integral conversion (C++ 4.9).
428//
429/// Note that this routine only determines how the conversion can be
430/// performed; it does not actually perform the conversion. As such,
431/// it will not produce any diagnostics if no conversion is available,
432/// but will instead return an implicit conversion sequence of kind
433/// "BadConversion".
Douglas Gregor2fe98832008-11-03 19:09:14 +0000434///
435/// If @p SuppressUserConversions, then user-defined conversions are
436/// not permitted.
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +0000437/// If @p AllowExplicit, then explicit user-defined conversions are
438/// permitted.
Sebastian Redl42e92c42009-04-12 17:16:29 +0000439/// If @p ForceRValue, then overloading is performed as if From was an rvalue,
440/// no matter its actual lvalueness.
Fariborz Jahanianb3c44f92009-10-01 20:39:51 +0000441/// If @p UserCast, the implicit conversion is being done for a user-specified
442/// cast.
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000443ImplicitConversionSequence
Anders Carlsson5ec4abf2009-08-27 17:14:02 +0000444Sema::TryImplicitConversion(Expr* From, QualType ToType,
445 bool SuppressUserConversions,
Anders Carlsson228eea32009-08-28 15:33:32 +0000446 bool AllowExplicit, bool ForceRValue,
Fariborz Jahanianb3c44f92009-10-01 20:39:51 +0000447 bool InOverloadResolution,
448 bool UserCast) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000449 ImplicitConversionSequence ICS;
John McCallbc077cf2010-02-08 23:07:23 +0000450 if (IsStandardConversion(From, ToType, InOverloadResolution, ICS.Standard)) {
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +0000451 ICS.setStandard();
John McCallbc077cf2010-02-08 23:07:23 +0000452 return ICS;
453 }
454
455 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
John McCall65eb8792010-02-25 01:37:24 +0000456 ICS.setBad(BadConversionSequence::no_conversion, From, ToType);
John McCallbc077cf2010-02-08 23:07:23 +0000457 return ICS;
458 }
459
460 OverloadCandidateSet Conversions(From->getExprLoc());
461 OverloadingResult UserDefResult
462 = IsUserDefinedConversion(From, ToType, ICS.UserDefined, Conversions,
463 !SuppressUserConversions, AllowExplicit,
Douglas Gregor7b23e412010-04-16 17:25:05 +0000464 UserCast);
John McCallbc077cf2010-02-08 23:07:23 +0000465
466 if (UserDefResult == OR_Success) {
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +0000467 ICS.setUserDefined();
Douglas Gregor05379422008-11-03 17:51:48 +0000468 // C++ [over.ics.user]p4:
469 // A conversion of an expression of class type to the same class
470 // type is given Exact Match rank, and a conversion of an
471 // expression of class type to a base class of that type is
472 // given Conversion rank, in spite of the fact that a copy
473 // constructor (i.e., a user-defined conversion function) is
474 // called for those cases.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000475 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor
Douglas Gregor05379422008-11-03 17:51:48 +0000476 = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(ICS.UserDefined.ConversionFunction)) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000477 QualType FromCanon
Douglas Gregorbb2e68832009-02-02 22:11:10 +0000478 = Context.getCanonicalType(From->getType().getUnqualifiedType());
479 QualType ToCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(ToType).getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregor507eb872009-12-22 00:34:07 +0000480 if (Constructor->isCopyConstructor() &&
Douglas Gregor4141d5b2009-12-22 00:21:20 +0000481 (FromCanon == ToCanon || IsDerivedFrom(FromCanon, ToCanon))) {
Douglas Gregor2fe98832008-11-03 19:09:14 +0000482 // Turn this into a "standard" conversion sequence, so that it
483 // gets ranked with standard conversion sequences.
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +0000484 ICS.setStandard();
Douglas Gregor05379422008-11-03 17:51:48 +0000485 ICS.Standard.setAsIdentityConversion();
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +0000486 ICS.Standard.setFromType(From->getType());
Douglas Gregor3edc4d52010-01-27 03:51:04 +0000487 ICS.Standard.setAllToTypes(ToType);
Douglas Gregor2fe98832008-11-03 19:09:14 +0000488 ICS.Standard.CopyConstructor = Constructor;
Douglas Gregorbb2e68832009-02-02 22:11:10 +0000489 if (ToCanon != FromCanon)
Douglas Gregor05379422008-11-03 17:51:48 +0000490 ICS.Standard.Second = ICK_Derived_To_Base;
491 }
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000492 }
Douglas Gregor576e98c2009-01-30 23:27:23 +0000493
494 // C++ [over.best.ics]p4:
495 // However, when considering the argument of a user-defined
496 // conversion function that is a candidate by 13.3.1.3 when
497 // invoked for the copying of the temporary in the second step
498 // of a class copy-initialization, or by 13.3.1.4, 13.3.1.5, or
499 // 13.3.1.6 in all cases, only standard conversion sequences and
500 // ellipsis conversion sequences are allowed.
John McCall6a61b522010-01-13 09:16:55 +0000501 if (SuppressUserConversions && ICS.isUserDefined()) {
John McCall65eb8792010-02-25 01:37:24 +0000502 ICS.setBad(BadConversionSequence::suppressed_user, From, ToType);
John McCall6a61b522010-01-13 09:16:55 +0000503 }
John McCalle8c8cd22010-01-13 22:30:33 +0000504 } else if (UserDefResult == OR_Ambiguous && !SuppressUserConversions) {
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +0000505 ICS.setAmbiguous();
506 ICS.Ambiguous.setFromType(From->getType());
507 ICS.Ambiguous.setToType(ToType);
508 for (OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Cand = Conversions.begin();
509 Cand != Conversions.end(); ++Cand)
510 if (Cand->Viable)
511 ICS.Ambiguous.addConversion(Cand->Function);
Fariborz Jahanian21ccf062009-09-23 00:58:07 +0000512 } else {
John McCall65eb8792010-02-25 01:37:24 +0000513 ICS.setBad(BadConversionSequence::no_conversion, From, ToType);
Fariborz Jahanian21ccf062009-09-23 00:58:07 +0000514 }
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000515
516 return ICS;
517}
518
Douglas Gregor40cb9ad2009-12-09 00:47:37 +0000519/// \brief Determine whether the conversion from FromType to ToType is a valid
520/// conversion that strips "noreturn" off the nested function type.
521static bool IsNoReturnConversion(ASTContext &Context, QualType FromType,
522 QualType ToType, QualType &ResultTy) {
523 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType, ToType))
524 return false;
525
526 // Strip the noreturn off the type we're converting from; noreturn can
527 // safely be removed.
528 FromType = Context.getNoReturnType(FromType, false);
529 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType, ToType))
530 return false;
531
532 ResultTy = FromType;
533 return true;
534}
535
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000536/// IsStandardConversion - Determines whether there is a standard
537/// conversion sequence (C++ [conv], C++ [over.ics.scs]) from the
538/// expression From to the type ToType. Standard conversion sequences
539/// only consider non-class types; for conversions that involve class
540/// types, use TryImplicitConversion. If a conversion exists, SCS will
541/// contain the standard conversion sequence required to perform this
542/// conversion and this routine will return true. Otherwise, this
543/// routine will return false and the value of SCS is unspecified.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000544bool
545Sema::IsStandardConversion(Expr* From, QualType ToType,
Anders Carlsson228eea32009-08-28 15:33:32 +0000546 bool InOverloadResolution,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000547 StandardConversionSequence &SCS) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000548 QualType FromType = From->getType();
549
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000550 // Standard conversions (C++ [conv])
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000551 SCS.setAsIdentityConversion();
Douglas Gregore489a7d2010-02-28 18:30:25 +0000552 SCS.DeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtr = false;
Douglas Gregor47d3f272008-12-19 17:40:08 +0000553 SCS.IncompatibleObjC = false;
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +0000554 SCS.setFromType(FromType);
Douglas Gregor2fe98832008-11-03 19:09:14 +0000555 SCS.CopyConstructor = 0;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000556
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000557 // There are no standard conversions for class types in C++, so
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000558 // abort early. When overloading in C, however, we do permit
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000559 if (FromType->isRecordType() || ToType->isRecordType()) {
560 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
561 return false;
562
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000563 // When we're overloading in C, we allow, as standard conversions,
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000564 }
565
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000566 // The first conversion can be an lvalue-to-rvalue conversion,
567 // array-to-pointer conversion, or function-to-pointer conversion
568 // (C++ 4p1).
569
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +0000570 DeclAccessPair AccessPair;
571
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000572 // Lvalue-to-rvalue conversion (C++ 4.1):
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000573 // An lvalue (3.10) of a non-function, non-array type T can be
574 // converted to an rvalue.
575 Expr::isLvalueResult argIsLvalue = From->isLvalue(Context);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000576 if (argIsLvalue == Expr::LV_Valid &&
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +0000577 !FromType->isFunctionType() && !FromType->isArrayType() &&
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +0000578 Context.getCanonicalType(FromType) != Context.OverloadTy) {
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000579 SCS.First = ICK_Lvalue_To_Rvalue;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000580
581 // If T is a non-class type, the type of the rvalue is the
582 // cv-unqualified version of T. Otherwise, the type of the rvalue
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000583 // is T (C++ 4.1p1). C++ can't get here with class types; in C, we
584 // just strip the qualifiers because they don't matter.
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000585 FromType = FromType.getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000586 } else if (FromType->isArrayType()) {
587 // Array-to-pointer conversion (C++ 4.2)
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000588 SCS.First = ICK_Array_To_Pointer;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000589
590 // An lvalue or rvalue of type "array of N T" or "array of unknown
591 // bound of T" can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to
592 // T" (C++ 4.2p1).
593 FromType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType);
594
595 if (IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(From, ToType)) {
596 // This conversion is deprecated. (C++ D.4).
Douglas Gregore489a7d2010-02-28 18:30:25 +0000597 SCS.DeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtr = true;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000598
599 // For the purpose of ranking in overload resolution
600 // (13.3.3.1.1), this conversion is considered an
601 // array-to-pointer conversion followed by a qualification
602 // conversion (4.4). (C++ 4.2p2)
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000603 SCS.Second = ICK_Identity;
604 SCS.Third = ICK_Qualification;
Douglas Gregor3edc4d52010-01-27 03:51:04 +0000605 SCS.setAllToTypes(FromType);
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000606 return true;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000607 }
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000608 } else if (FromType->isFunctionType() && argIsLvalue == Expr::LV_Valid) {
609 // Function-to-pointer conversion (C++ 4.3).
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000610 SCS.First = ICK_Function_To_Pointer;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000611
612 // An lvalue of function type T can be converted to an rvalue of
613 // type "pointer to T." The result is a pointer to the
614 // function. (C++ 4.3p1).
615 FromType = Context.getPointerType(FromType);
Douglas Gregor064fdb22010-04-14 23:11:21 +0000616 } else if (From->getType() == Context.OverloadTy) {
617 if (FunctionDecl *Fn
618 = ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(From, ToType, false,
619 AccessPair)) {
620 // Address of overloaded function (C++ [over.over]).
621 SCS.First = ICK_Function_To_Pointer;
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +0000622
Douglas Gregor064fdb22010-04-14 23:11:21 +0000623 // We were able to resolve the address of the overloaded function,
624 // so we can convert to the type of that function.
625 FromType = Fn->getType();
626 if (ToType->isLValueReferenceType())
627 FromType = Context.getLValueReferenceType(FromType);
628 else if (ToType->isRValueReferenceType())
629 FromType = Context.getRValueReferenceType(FromType);
630 else if (ToType->isMemberPointerType()) {
631 // Resolve address only succeeds if both sides are member pointers,
632 // but it doesn't have to be the same class. See DR 247.
633 // Note that this means that the type of &Derived::fn can be
634 // Ret (Base::*)(Args) if the fn overload actually found is from the
635 // base class, even if it was brought into the derived class via a
636 // using declaration. The standard isn't clear on this issue at all.
637 CXXMethodDecl *M = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Fn);
638 FromType = Context.getMemberPointerType(FromType,
639 Context.getTypeDeclType(M->getParent()).getTypePtr());
640 } else {
641 FromType = Context.getPointerType(FromType);
642 }
643 } else {
644 return false;
645 }
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000646 } else {
647 // We don't require any conversions for the first step.
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000648 SCS.First = ICK_Identity;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000649 }
Douglas Gregor3edc4d52010-01-27 03:51:04 +0000650 SCS.setToType(0, FromType);
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000651
652 // The second conversion can be an integral promotion, floating
653 // point promotion, integral conversion, floating point conversion,
654 // floating-integral conversion, pointer conversion,
655 // pointer-to-member conversion, or boolean conversion (C++ 4p1).
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000656 // For overloading in C, this can also be a "compatible-type"
657 // conversion.
Douglas Gregor47d3f272008-12-19 17:40:08 +0000658 bool IncompatibleObjC = false;
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000659 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType, ToType)) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000660 // The unqualified versions of the types are the same: there's no
661 // conversion to do.
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000662 SCS.Second = ICK_Identity;
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000663 } else if (IsIntegralPromotion(From, FromType, ToType)) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000664 // Integral promotion (C++ 4.5).
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000665 SCS.Second = ICK_Integral_Promotion;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000666 FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000667 } else if (IsFloatingPointPromotion(FromType, ToType)) {
668 // Floating point promotion (C++ 4.6).
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000669 SCS.Second = ICK_Floating_Promotion;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000670 FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000671 } else if (IsComplexPromotion(FromType, ToType)) {
672 // Complex promotion (Clang extension)
Douglas Gregor78ca74d2009-02-12 00:15:05 +0000673 SCS.Second = ICK_Complex_Promotion;
674 FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000675 } else if ((FromType->isIntegralType() || FromType->isEnumeralType()) &&
Sebastian Redl72b8aef2008-10-31 14:43:28 +0000676 (ToType->isIntegralType() && !ToType->isEnumeralType())) {
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000677 // Integral conversions (C++ 4.7).
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000678 SCS.Second = ICK_Integral_Conversion;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000679 FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000680 } else if (FromType->isComplexType() && ToType->isComplexType()) {
681 // Complex conversions (C99 6.3.1.6)
Douglas Gregor78ca74d2009-02-12 00:15:05 +0000682 SCS.Second = ICK_Complex_Conversion;
683 FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType();
Chandler Carruth8fa1e7e2010-02-25 07:20:54 +0000684 } else if ((FromType->isComplexType() && ToType->isArithmeticType()) ||
685 (ToType->isComplexType() && FromType->isArithmeticType())) {
686 // Complex-real conversions (C99 6.3.1.7)
687 SCS.Second = ICK_Complex_Real;
688 FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType();
689 } else if (FromType->isFloatingType() && ToType->isFloatingType()) {
690 // Floating point conversions (C++ 4.8).
691 SCS.Second = ICK_Floating_Conversion;
692 FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000693 } else if ((FromType->isFloatingType() &&
694 ToType->isIntegralType() && (!ToType->isBooleanType() &&
695 !ToType->isEnumeralType())) ||
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000696 ((FromType->isIntegralType() || FromType->isEnumeralType()) &&
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000697 ToType->isFloatingType())) {
698 // Floating-integral conversions (C++ 4.9).
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000699 SCS.Second = ICK_Floating_Integral;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000700 FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType();
Anders Carlsson228eea32009-08-28 15:33:32 +0000701 } else if (IsPointerConversion(From, FromType, ToType, InOverloadResolution,
702 FromType, IncompatibleObjC)) {
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000703 // Pointer conversions (C++ 4.10).
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000704 SCS.Second = ICK_Pointer_Conversion;
Douglas Gregor47d3f272008-12-19 17:40:08 +0000705 SCS.IncompatibleObjC = IncompatibleObjC;
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +0000706 } else if (IsMemberPointerConversion(From, FromType, ToType,
707 InOverloadResolution, FromType)) {
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000708 // Pointer to member conversions (4.11).
Sebastian Redl72b597d2009-01-25 19:43:20 +0000709 SCS.Second = ICK_Pointer_Member;
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000710 } else if (ToType->isBooleanType() &&
711 (FromType->isArithmeticType() ||
712 FromType->isEnumeralType() ||
Fariborz Jahanian88118852009-12-11 21:23:13 +0000713 FromType->isAnyPointerType() ||
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000714 FromType->isBlockPointerType() ||
715 FromType->isMemberPointerType() ||
716 FromType->isNullPtrType())) {
717 // Boolean conversions (C++ 4.12).
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000718 SCS.Second = ICK_Boolean_Conversion;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000719 FromType = Context.BoolTy;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000720 } else if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000721 Context.typesAreCompatible(ToType, FromType)) {
722 // Compatible conversions (Clang extension for C function overloading)
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000723 SCS.Second = ICK_Compatible_Conversion;
Douglas Gregor40cb9ad2009-12-09 00:47:37 +0000724 } else if (IsNoReturnConversion(Context, FromType, ToType, FromType)) {
725 // Treat a conversion that strips "noreturn" as an identity conversion.
726 SCS.Second = ICK_NoReturn_Adjustment;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000727 } else {
728 // No second conversion required.
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000729 SCS.Second = ICK_Identity;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000730 }
Douglas Gregor3edc4d52010-01-27 03:51:04 +0000731 SCS.setToType(1, FromType);
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000732
Douglas Gregor8e1cf602008-10-29 00:13:59 +0000733 QualType CanonFrom;
734 QualType CanonTo;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000735 // The third conversion can be a qualification conversion (C++ 4p1).
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +0000736 if (IsQualificationConversion(FromType, ToType)) {
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000737 SCS.Third = ICK_Qualification;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000738 FromType = ToType;
Douglas Gregor8e1cf602008-10-29 00:13:59 +0000739 CanonFrom = Context.getCanonicalType(FromType);
740 CanonTo = Context.getCanonicalType(ToType);
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000741 } else {
742 // No conversion required
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000743 SCS.Third = ICK_Identity;
744
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000745 // C++ [over.best.ics]p6:
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000746 // [...] Any difference in top-level cv-qualification is
747 // subsumed by the initialization itself and does not constitute
748 // a conversion. [...]
Douglas Gregor8e1cf602008-10-29 00:13:59 +0000749 CanonFrom = Context.getCanonicalType(FromType);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000750 CanonTo = Context.getCanonicalType(ToType);
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +0000751 if (CanonFrom.getLocalUnqualifiedType()
752 == CanonTo.getLocalUnqualifiedType() &&
753 CanonFrom.getLocalCVRQualifiers() != CanonTo.getLocalCVRQualifiers()) {
Douglas Gregor8e1cf602008-10-29 00:13:59 +0000754 FromType = ToType;
755 CanonFrom = CanonTo;
756 }
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000757 }
Douglas Gregor3edc4d52010-01-27 03:51:04 +0000758 SCS.setToType(2, FromType);
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000759
760 // If we have not converted the argument type to the parameter type,
761 // this is a bad conversion sequence.
Douglas Gregor8e1cf602008-10-29 00:13:59 +0000762 if (CanonFrom != CanonTo)
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000763 return false;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000764
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000765 return true;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000766}
767
768/// IsIntegralPromotion - Determines whether the conversion from the
769/// expression From (whose potentially-adjusted type is FromType) to
770/// ToType is an integral promotion (C++ 4.5). If so, returns true and
771/// sets PromotedType to the promoted type.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000772bool Sema::IsIntegralPromotion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000773 const BuiltinType *To = ToType->getAs<BuiltinType>();
Sebastian Redlee547972008-11-04 15:59:10 +0000774 // All integers are built-in.
Sebastian Redl72b8aef2008-10-31 14:43:28 +0000775 if (!To) {
776 return false;
777 }
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000778
779 // An rvalue of type char, signed char, unsigned char, short int, or
780 // unsigned short int can be converted to an rvalue of type int if
781 // int can represent all the values of the source type; otherwise,
782 // the source rvalue can be converted to an rvalue of type unsigned
783 // int (C++ 4.5p1).
Douglas Gregora71cc152010-02-02 20:10:50 +0000784 if (FromType->isPromotableIntegerType() && !FromType->isBooleanType() &&
785 !FromType->isEnumeralType()) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000786 if (// We can promote any signed, promotable integer type to an int
787 (FromType->isSignedIntegerType() ||
788 // We can promote any unsigned integer type whose size is
789 // less than int to an int.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000790 (!FromType->isSignedIntegerType() &&
Sebastian Redl72b8aef2008-10-31 14:43:28 +0000791 Context.getTypeSize(FromType) < Context.getTypeSize(ToType)))) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000792 return To->getKind() == BuiltinType::Int;
Sebastian Redl72b8aef2008-10-31 14:43:28 +0000793 }
794
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000795 return To->getKind() == BuiltinType::UInt;
796 }
797
798 // An rvalue of type wchar_t (3.9.1) or an enumeration type (7.2)
799 // can be converted to an rvalue of the first of the following types
800 // that can represent all the values of its underlying type: int,
801 // unsigned int, long, or unsigned long (C++ 4.5p2).
John McCall56774992009-12-09 09:09:27 +0000802
803 // We pre-calculate the promotion type for enum types.
804 if (const EnumType *FromEnumType = FromType->getAs<EnumType>())
805 if (ToType->isIntegerType())
806 return Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ToType,
807 FromEnumType->getDecl()->getPromotionType());
808
809 if (FromType->isWideCharType() && ToType->isIntegerType()) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000810 // Determine whether the type we're converting from is signed or
811 // unsigned.
812 bool FromIsSigned;
813 uint64_t FromSize = Context.getTypeSize(FromType);
John McCall56774992009-12-09 09:09:27 +0000814
815 // FIXME: Is wchar_t signed or unsigned? We assume it's signed for now.
816 FromIsSigned = true;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000817
818 // The types we'll try to promote to, in the appropriate
819 // order. Try each of these types.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000820 QualType PromoteTypes[6] = {
821 Context.IntTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy,
Douglas Gregor1d248c52008-12-12 02:00:36 +0000822 Context.LongTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy ,
823 Context.LongLongTy, Context.UnsignedLongLongTy
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000824 };
Douglas Gregor1d248c52008-12-12 02:00:36 +0000825 for (int Idx = 0; Idx < 6; ++Idx) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000826 uint64_t ToSize = Context.getTypeSize(PromoteTypes[Idx]);
827 if (FromSize < ToSize ||
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000828 (FromSize == ToSize &&
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000829 FromIsSigned == PromoteTypes[Idx]->isSignedIntegerType())) {
830 // We found the type that we can promote to. If this is the
831 // type we wanted, we have a promotion. Otherwise, no
832 // promotion.
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +0000833 return Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ToType, PromoteTypes[Idx]);
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000834 }
835 }
836 }
837
838 // An rvalue for an integral bit-field (9.6) can be converted to an
839 // rvalue of type int if int can represent all the values of the
840 // bit-field; otherwise, it can be converted to unsigned int if
841 // unsigned int can represent all the values of the bit-field. If
842 // the bit-field is larger yet, no integral promotion applies to
843 // it. If the bit-field has an enumerated type, it is treated as any
844 // other value of that type for promotion purposes (C++ 4.5p3).
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000845 // FIXME: We should delay checking of bit-fields until we actually perform the
846 // conversion.
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +0000847 using llvm::APSInt;
848 if (From)
849 if (FieldDecl *MemberDecl = From->getBitField()) {
Douglas Gregor2eedc3a2008-12-20 23:49:58 +0000850 APSInt BitWidth;
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +0000851 if (FromType->isIntegralType() && !FromType->isEnumeralType() &&
852 MemberDecl->getBitWidth()->isIntegerConstantExpr(BitWidth, Context)) {
853 APSInt ToSize(BitWidth.getBitWidth(), BitWidth.isUnsigned());
854 ToSize = Context.getTypeSize(ToType);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000855
Douglas Gregor2eedc3a2008-12-20 23:49:58 +0000856 // Are we promoting to an int from a bitfield that fits in an int?
857 if (BitWidth < ToSize ||
858 (FromType->isSignedIntegerType() && BitWidth <= ToSize)) {
859 return To->getKind() == BuiltinType::Int;
860 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000861
Douglas Gregor2eedc3a2008-12-20 23:49:58 +0000862 // Are we promoting to an unsigned int from an unsigned bitfield
863 // that fits into an unsigned int?
864 if (FromType->isUnsignedIntegerType() && BitWidth <= ToSize) {
865 return To->getKind() == BuiltinType::UInt;
866 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000867
Douglas Gregor2eedc3a2008-12-20 23:49:58 +0000868 return false;
Sebastian Redl72b8aef2008-10-31 14:43:28 +0000869 }
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000870 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000871
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000872 // An rvalue of type bool can be converted to an rvalue of type int,
873 // with false becoming zero and true becoming one (C++ 4.5p4).
Sebastian Redl72b8aef2008-10-31 14:43:28 +0000874 if (FromType->isBooleanType() && To->getKind() == BuiltinType::Int) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000875 return true;
Sebastian Redl72b8aef2008-10-31 14:43:28 +0000876 }
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000877
878 return false;
879}
880
881/// IsFloatingPointPromotion - Determines whether the conversion from
882/// FromType to ToType is a floating point promotion (C++ 4.6). If so,
883/// returns true and sets PromotedType to the promoted type.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000884bool Sema::IsFloatingPointPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000885 /// An rvalue of type float can be converted to an rvalue of type
886 /// double. (C++ 4.6p1).
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000887 if (const BuiltinType *FromBuiltin = FromType->getAs<BuiltinType>())
888 if (const BuiltinType *ToBuiltin = ToType->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000889 if (FromBuiltin->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float &&
890 ToBuiltin->getKind() == BuiltinType::Double)
891 return true;
892
Douglas Gregor78ca74d2009-02-12 00:15:05 +0000893 // C99 6.3.1.5p1:
894 // When a float is promoted to double or long double, or a
895 // double is promoted to long double [...].
896 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
897 (FromBuiltin->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float ||
898 FromBuiltin->getKind() == BuiltinType::Double) &&
899 (ToBuiltin->getKind() == BuiltinType::LongDouble))
900 return true;
901 }
902
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000903 return false;
904}
905
Douglas Gregor78ca74d2009-02-12 00:15:05 +0000906/// \brief Determine if a conversion is a complex promotion.
907///
908/// A complex promotion is defined as a complex -> complex conversion
909/// where the conversion between the underlying real types is a
Douglas Gregor67525022009-02-12 00:26:06 +0000910/// floating-point or integral promotion.
Douglas Gregor78ca74d2009-02-12 00:15:05 +0000911bool Sema::IsComplexPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000912 const ComplexType *FromComplex = FromType->getAs<ComplexType>();
Douglas Gregor78ca74d2009-02-12 00:15:05 +0000913 if (!FromComplex)
914 return false;
915
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000916 const ComplexType *ToComplex = ToType->getAs<ComplexType>();
Douglas Gregor78ca74d2009-02-12 00:15:05 +0000917 if (!ToComplex)
918 return false;
919
920 return IsFloatingPointPromotion(FromComplex->getElementType(),
Douglas Gregor67525022009-02-12 00:26:06 +0000921 ToComplex->getElementType()) ||
922 IsIntegralPromotion(0, FromComplex->getElementType(),
923 ToComplex->getElementType());
Douglas Gregor78ca74d2009-02-12 00:15:05 +0000924}
925
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +0000926/// BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType - In a pointer conversion from
927/// the pointer type FromPtr to a pointer to type ToPointee, with the
928/// same type qualifiers as FromPtr has on its pointee type. ToType,
929/// if non-empty, will be a pointer to ToType that may or may not have
930/// the right set of qualifiers on its pointee.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000931static QualType
932BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType(const PointerType *FromPtr,
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +0000933 QualType ToPointee, QualType ToType,
934 ASTContext &Context) {
935 QualType CanonFromPointee = Context.getCanonicalType(FromPtr->getPointeeType());
936 QualType CanonToPointee = Context.getCanonicalType(ToPointee);
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000937 Qualifiers Quals = CanonFromPointee.getQualifiers();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000938
939 // Exact qualifier match -> return the pointer type we're converting to.
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +0000940 if (CanonToPointee.getLocalQualifiers() == Quals) {
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +0000941 // ToType is exactly what we need. Return it.
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000942 if (!ToType.isNull())
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +0000943 return ToType;
944
945 // Build a pointer to ToPointee. It has the right qualifiers
946 // already.
947 return Context.getPointerType(ToPointee);
948 }
949
950 // Just build a canonical type that has the right qualifiers.
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000951 return Context.getPointerType(
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +0000952 Context.getQualifiedType(CanonToPointee.getLocalUnqualifiedType(),
953 Quals));
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +0000954}
955
Fariborz Jahanian01cbe442009-12-16 23:13:33 +0000956/// BuildSimilarlyQualifiedObjCObjectPointerType - In a pointer conversion from
957/// the FromType, which is an objective-c pointer, to ToType, which may or may
958/// not have the right set of qualifiers.
959static QualType
960BuildSimilarlyQualifiedObjCObjectPointerType(QualType FromType,
961 QualType ToType,
962 ASTContext &Context) {
963 QualType CanonFromType = Context.getCanonicalType(FromType);
964 QualType CanonToType = Context.getCanonicalType(ToType);
965 Qualifiers Quals = CanonFromType.getQualifiers();
966
967 // Exact qualifier match -> return the pointer type we're converting to.
968 if (CanonToType.getLocalQualifiers() == Quals)
969 return ToType;
970
971 // Just build a canonical type that has the right qualifiers.
972 return Context.getQualifiedType(CanonToType.getLocalUnqualifiedType(), Quals);
973}
974
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000975static bool isNullPointerConstantForConversion(Expr *Expr,
Anders Carlsson759b7892009-08-28 15:55:56 +0000976 bool InOverloadResolution,
977 ASTContext &Context) {
978 // Handle value-dependent integral null pointer constants correctly.
979 // http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#903
980 if (Expr->isValueDependent() && !Expr->isTypeDependent() &&
981 Expr->getType()->isIntegralType())
982 return !InOverloadResolution;
983
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +0000984 return Expr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
985 InOverloadResolution? Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull
986 : Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull);
Anders Carlsson759b7892009-08-28 15:55:56 +0000987}
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000988
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000989/// IsPointerConversion - Determines whether the conversion of the
990/// expression From, which has the (possibly adjusted) type FromType,
991/// can be converted to the type ToType via a pointer conversion (C++
992/// 4.10). If so, returns true and places the converted type (that
993/// might differ from ToType in its cv-qualifiers at some level) into
994/// ConvertedType.
Douglas Gregor231d1c62008-11-27 00:15:41 +0000995///
Douglas Gregora29dc052008-11-27 01:19:21 +0000996/// This routine also supports conversions to and from block pointers
997/// and conversions with Objective-C's 'id', 'id<protocols...>', and
998/// pointers to interfaces. FIXME: Once we've determined the
999/// appropriate overloading rules for Objective-C, we may want to
1000/// split the Objective-C checks into a different routine; however,
1001/// GCC seems to consider all of these conversions to be pointer
Douglas Gregor47d3f272008-12-19 17:40:08 +00001002/// conversions, so for now they live here. IncompatibleObjC will be
1003/// set if the conversion is an allowed Objective-C conversion that
1004/// should result in a warning.
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001005bool Sema::IsPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
Anders Carlsson228eea32009-08-28 15:33:32 +00001006 bool InOverloadResolution,
Douglas Gregor47d3f272008-12-19 17:40:08 +00001007 QualType& ConvertedType,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001008 bool &IncompatibleObjC) {
Douglas Gregor47d3f272008-12-19 17:40:08 +00001009 IncompatibleObjC = false;
Douglas Gregora119f102008-12-19 19:13:09 +00001010 if (isObjCPointerConversion(FromType, ToType, ConvertedType, IncompatibleObjC))
1011 return true;
Douglas Gregor47d3f272008-12-19 17:40:08 +00001012
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001013 // Conversion from a null pointer constant to any Objective-C pointer type.
1014 if (ToType->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
Anders Carlsson759b7892009-08-28 15:55:56 +00001015 isNullPointerConstantForConversion(From, InOverloadResolution, Context)) {
Douglas Gregor79a6b012008-12-22 20:51:52 +00001016 ConvertedType = ToType;
1017 return true;
1018 }
1019
Douglas Gregor231d1c62008-11-27 00:15:41 +00001020 // Blocks: Block pointers can be converted to void*.
1021 if (FromType->isBlockPointerType() && ToType->isPointerType() &&
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001022 ToType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregor231d1c62008-11-27 00:15:41 +00001023 ConvertedType = ToType;
1024 return true;
1025 }
1026 // Blocks: A null pointer constant can be converted to a block
1027 // pointer type.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001028 if (ToType->isBlockPointerType() &&
Anders Carlsson759b7892009-08-28 15:55:56 +00001029 isNullPointerConstantForConversion(From, InOverloadResolution, Context)) {
Douglas Gregor231d1c62008-11-27 00:15:41 +00001030 ConvertedType = ToType;
1031 return true;
1032 }
1033
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +00001034 // If the left-hand-side is nullptr_t, the right side can be a null
1035 // pointer constant.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001036 if (ToType->isNullPtrType() &&
Anders Carlsson759b7892009-08-28 15:55:56 +00001037 isNullPointerConstantForConversion(From, InOverloadResolution, Context)) {
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +00001038 ConvertedType = ToType;
1039 return true;
1040 }
1041
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001042 const PointerType* ToTypePtr = ToType->getAs<PointerType>();
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001043 if (!ToTypePtr)
1044 return false;
1045
1046 // A null pointer constant can be converted to a pointer type (C++ 4.10p1).
Anders Carlsson759b7892009-08-28 15:55:56 +00001047 if (isNullPointerConstantForConversion(From, InOverloadResolution, Context)) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001048 ConvertedType = ToType;
1049 return true;
1050 }
Sebastian Redl72b8aef2008-10-31 14:43:28 +00001051
Fariborz Jahanian01cbe442009-12-16 23:13:33 +00001052 // Beyond this point, both types need to be pointers
1053 // , including objective-c pointers.
1054 QualType ToPointeeType = ToTypePtr->getPointeeType();
1055 if (FromType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && ToPointeeType->isVoidType()) {
1056 ConvertedType = BuildSimilarlyQualifiedObjCObjectPointerType(FromType,
1057 ToType, Context);
1058 return true;
1059
1060 }
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001061 const PointerType *FromTypePtr = FromType->getAs<PointerType>();
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +00001062 if (!FromTypePtr)
1063 return false;
1064
1065 QualType FromPointeeType = FromTypePtr->getPointeeType();
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +00001066
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001067 // An rvalue of type "pointer to cv T," where T is an object type,
1068 // can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to cv void" (C++
1069 // 4.10p2).
Douglas Gregor64259f52009-03-24 20:32:41 +00001070 if (FromPointeeType->isObjectType() && ToPointeeType->isVoidType()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001071 ConvertedType = BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType(FromTypePtr,
Douglas Gregorbb9bf882008-11-27 00:52:49 +00001072 ToPointeeType,
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +00001073 ToType, Context);
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001074 return true;
1075 }
1076
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +00001077 // When we're overloading in C, we allow a special kind of pointer
1078 // conversion for compatible-but-not-identical pointee types.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001079 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +00001080 Context.typesAreCompatible(FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType)) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001081 ConvertedType = BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType(FromTypePtr,
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +00001082 ToPointeeType,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001083 ToType, Context);
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +00001084 return true;
1085 }
1086
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001087 // C++ [conv.ptr]p3:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001088 //
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001089 // An rvalue of type "pointer to cv D," where D is a class type,
1090 // can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to cv B," where
1091 // B is a base class (clause 10) of D. If B is an inaccessible
1092 // (clause 11) or ambiguous (10.2) base class of D, a program that
1093 // necessitates this conversion is ill-formed. The result of the
1094 // conversion is a pointer to the base class sub-object of the
1095 // derived class object. The null pointer value is converted to
1096 // the null pointer value of the destination type.
1097 //
Douglas Gregor39c16d42008-10-24 04:54:22 +00001098 // Note that we do not check for ambiguity or inaccessibility
1099 // here. That is handled by CheckPointerConversion.
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +00001100 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
1101 FromPointeeType->isRecordType() && ToPointeeType->isRecordType() &&
Douglas Gregord28f0412010-02-22 17:06:41 +00001102 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType) &&
Douglas Gregore6fb91f2009-10-29 23:08:22 +00001103 !RequireCompleteType(From->getLocStart(), FromPointeeType, PDiag()) &&
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +00001104 IsDerivedFrom(FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType)) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001105 ConvertedType = BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType(FromTypePtr,
Douglas Gregorbb9bf882008-11-27 00:52:49 +00001106 ToPointeeType,
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +00001107 ToType, Context);
1108 return true;
1109 }
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001110
Douglas Gregora119f102008-12-19 19:13:09 +00001111 return false;
1112}
1113
1114/// isObjCPointerConversion - Determines whether this is an
1115/// Objective-C pointer conversion. Subroutine of IsPointerConversion,
1116/// with the same arguments and return values.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001117bool Sema::isObjCPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
Douglas Gregora119f102008-12-19 19:13:09 +00001118 QualType& ConvertedType,
1119 bool &IncompatibleObjC) {
1120 if (!getLangOptions().ObjC1)
1121 return false;
Fariborz Jahanian42ffdb32010-01-18 22:59:22 +00001122
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001123 // First, we handle all conversions on ObjC object pointer types.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001124 const ObjCObjectPointerType* ToObjCPtr = ToType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001125 const ObjCObjectPointerType *FromObjCPtr =
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001126 FromType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Douglas Gregora119f102008-12-19 19:13:09 +00001127
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001128 if (ToObjCPtr && FromObjCPtr) {
Steve Naroff1329fa02009-07-15 18:40:39 +00001129 // Objective C++: We're able to convert between "id" or "Class" and a
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001130 // pointer to any interface (in both directions).
Steve Naroff1329fa02009-07-15 18:40:39 +00001131 if (ToObjCPtr->isObjCBuiltinType() && FromObjCPtr->isObjCBuiltinType()) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001132 ConvertedType = ToType;
1133 return true;
1134 }
1135 // Conversions with Objective-C's id<...>.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001136 if ((FromObjCPtr->isObjCQualifiedIdType() ||
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001137 ToObjCPtr->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) &&
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001138 Context.ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(ToType, FromType,
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00001139 /*compare=*/false)) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001140 ConvertedType = ToType;
1141 return true;
1142 }
1143 // Objective C++: We're able to convert from a pointer to an
1144 // interface to a pointer to a different interface.
1145 if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(ToObjCPtr, FromObjCPtr)) {
Fariborz Jahanianb397e432010-03-15 18:36:00 +00001146 const ObjCInterfaceType* LHS = ToObjCPtr->getInterfaceType();
1147 const ObjCInterfaceType* RHS = FromObjCPtr->getInterfaceType();
1148 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && LHS && RHS &&
1149 !ToObjCPtr->getPointeeType().isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(
1150 FromObjCPtr->getPointeeType()))
1151 return false;
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001152 ConvertedType = ToType;
1153 return true;
1154 }
1155
1156 if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(FromObjCPtr, ToObjCPtr)) {
1157 // Okay: this is some kind of implicit downcast of Objective-C
1158 // interfaces, which is permitted. However, we're going to
1159 // complain about it.
1160 IncompatibleObjC = true;
1161 ConvertedType = FromType;
1162 return true;
1163 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001164 }
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001165 // Beyond this point, both types need to be C pointers or block pointers.
Douglas Gregor033f56d2008-12-23 00:53:59 +00001166 QualType ToPointeeType;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001167 if (const PointerType *ToCPtr = ToType->getAs<PointerType>())
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001168 ToPointeeType = ToCPtr->getPointeeType();
Fariborz Jahanian4efdec02010-01-20 22:54:38 +00001169 else if (const BlockPointerType *ToBlockPtr =
1170 ToType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian879cc732010-01-21 00:08:17 +00001171 // Objective C++: We're able to convert from a pointer to any object
Fariborz Jahanian4efdec02010-01-20 22:54:38 +00001172 // to a block pointer type.
1173 if (FromObjCPtr && FromObjCPtr->isObjCBuiltinType()) {
1174 ConvertedType = ToType;
1175 return true;
1176 }
Douglas Gregor033f56d2008-12-23 00:53:59 +00001177 ToPointeeType = ToBlockPtr->getPointeeType();
Fariborz Jahanian4efdec02010-01-20 22:54:38 +00001178 }
Fariborz Jahaniane4951fd2010-01-21 00:05:09 +00001179 else if (FromType->getAs<BlockPointerType>() &&
1180 ToObjCPtr && ToObjCPtr->isObjCBuiltinType()) {
1181 // Objective C++: We're able to convert from a block pointer type to a
Fariborz Jahanian879cc732010-01-21 00:08:17 +00001182 // pointer to any object.
Fariborz Jahaniane4951fd2010-01-21 00:05:09 +00001183 ConvertedType = ToType;
1184 return true;
1185 }
Douglas Gregor033f56d2008-12-23 00:53:59 +00001186 else
Douglas Gregora119f102008-12-19 19:13:09 +00001187 return false;
1188
Douglas Gregor033f56d2008-12-23 00:53:59 +00001189 QualType FromPointeeType;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001190 if (const PointerType *FromCPtr = FromType->getAs<PointerType>())
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001191 FromPointeeType = FromCPtr->getPointeeType();
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001192 else if (const BlockPointerType *FromBlockPtr = FromType->getAs<BlockPointerType>())
Douglas Gregor033f56d2008-12-23 00:53:59 +00001193 FromPointeeType = FromBlockPtr->getPointeeType();
1194 else
Douglas Gregora119f102008-12-19 19:13:09 +00001195 return false;
1196
Douglas Gregora119f102008-12-19 19:13:09 +00001197 // If we have pointers to pointers, recursively check whether this
1198 // is an Objective-C conversion.
1199 if (FromPointeeType->isPointerType() && ToPointeeType->isPointerType() &&
1200 isObjCPointerConversion(FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType, ConvertedType,
1201 IncompatibleObjC)) {
1202 // We always complain about this conversion.
1203 IncompatibleObjC = true;
1204 ConvertedType = ToType;
1205 return true;
1206 }
Fariborz Jahanian42ffdb32010-01-18 22:59:22 +00001207 // Allow conversion of pointee being objective-c pointer to another one;
1208 // as in I* to id.
1209 if (FromPointeeType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>() &&
1210 ToPointeeType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>() &&
1211 isObjCPointerConversion(FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType, ConvertedType,
1212 IncompatibleObjC)) {
1213 ConvertedType = ToType;
1214 return true;
1215 }
1216
Douglas Gregor033f56d2008-12-23 00:53:59 +00001217 // If we have pointers to functions or blocks, check whether the only
Douglas Gregora119f102008-12-19 19:13:09 +00001218 // differences in the argument and result types are in Objective-C
1219 // pointer conversions. If so, we permit the conversion (but
1220 // complain about it).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001221 const FunctionProtoType *FromFunctionType
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001222 = FromPointeeType->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001223 const FunctionProtoType *ToFunctionType
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001224 = ToPointeeType->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
Douglas Gregora119f102008-12-19 19:13:09 +00001225 if (FromFunctionType && ToFunctionType) {
1226 // If the function types are exactly the same, this isn't an
1227 // Objective-C pointer conversion.
1228 if (Context.getCanonicalType(FromPointeeType)
1229 == Context.getCanonicalType(ToPointeeType))
1230 return false;
1231
1232 // Perform the quick checks that will tell us whether these
1233 // function types are obviously different.
1234 if (FromFunctionType->getNumArgs() != ToFunctionType->getNumArgs() ||
1235 FromFunctionType->isVariadic() != ToFunctionType->isVariadic() ||
1236 FromFunctionType->getTypeQuals() != ToFunctionType->getTypeQuals())
1237 return false;
1238
1239 bool HasObjCConversion = false;
1240 if (Context.getCanonicalType(FromFunctionType->getResultType())
1241 == Context.getCanonicalType(ToFunctionType->getResultType())) {
1242 // Okay, the types match exactly. Nothing to do.
1243 } else if (isObjCPointerConversion(FromFunctionType->getResultType(),
1244 ToFunctionType->getResultType(),
1245 ConvertedType, IncompatibleObjC)) {
1246 // Okay, we have an Objective-C pointer conversion.
1247 HasObjCConversion = true;
1248 } else {
1249 // Function types are too different. Abort.
1250 return false;
1251 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001252
Douglas Gregora119f102008-12-19 19:13:09 +00001253 // Check argument types.
1254 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0, NumArgs = FromFunctionType->getNumArgs();
1255 ArgIdx != NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) {
1256 QualType FromArgType = FromFunctionType->getArgType(ArgIdx);
1257 QualType ToArgType = ToFunctionType->getArgType(ArgIdx);
1258 if (Context.getCanonicalType(FromArgType)
1259 == Context.getCanonicalType(ToArgType)) {
1260 // Okay, the types match exactly. Nothing to do.
1261 } else if (isObjCPointerConversion(FromArgType, ToArgType,
1262 ConvertedType, IncompatibleObjC)) {
1263 // Okay, we have an Objective-C pointer conversion.
1264 HasObjCConversion = true;
1265 } else {
1266 // Argument types are too different. Abort.
1267 return false;
1268 }
1269 }
1270
1271 if (HasObjCConversion) {
1272 // We had an Objective-C conversion. Allow this pointer
1273 // conversion, but complain about it.
1274 ConvertedType = ToType;
1275 IncompatibleObjC = true;
1276 return true;
1277 }
1278 }
1279
Sebastian Redl72b597d2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001280 return false;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001281}
1282
Douglas Gregor39c16d42008-10-24 04:54:22 +00001283/// CheckPointerConversion - Check the pointer conversion from the
1284/// expression From to the type ToType. This routine checks for
Sebastian Redl9f831db2009-07-25 15:41:38 +00001285/// ambiguous or inaccessible derived-to-base pointer
Douglas Gregor39c16d42008-10-24 04:54:22 +00001286/// conversions for which IsPointerConversion has already returned
1287/// true. It returns true and produces a diagnostic if there was an
1288/// error, or returns false otherwise.
Anders Carlsson7ec8ccd2009-09-12 04:46:44 +00001289bool Sema::CheckPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
Sebastian Redl7c353682009-11-14 21:15:49 +00001290 CastExpr::CastKind &Kind,
1291 bool IgnoreBaseAccess) {
Douglas Gregor39c16d42008-10-24 04:54:22 +00001292 QualType FromType = From->getType();
1293
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001294 if (const PointerType *FromPtrType = FromType->getAs<PointerType>())
1295 if (const PointerType *ToPtrType = ToType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Douglas Gregor39c16d42008-10-24 04:54:22 +00001296 QualType FromPointeeType = FromPtrType->getPointeeType(),
1297 ToPointeeType = ToPtrType->getPointeeType();
Douglas Gregor1e57a3f2008-12-18 23:43:31 +00001298
Douglas Gregorcc3f3252010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001299 if (FromPointeeType->isRecordType() && ToPointeeType->isRecordType() &&
1300 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType)) {
Douglas Gregor39c16d42008-10-24 04:54:22 +00001301 // We must have a derived-to-base conversion. Check an
1302 // ambiguous or inaccessible conversion.
Anders Carlsson7ec8ccd2009-09-12 04:46:44 +00001303 if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType,
1304 From->getExprLoc(),
Sebastian Redl7c353682009-11-14 21:15:49 +00001305 From->getSourceRange(),
1306 IgnoreBaseAccess))
Anders Carlsson7ec8ccd2009-09-12 04:46:44 +00001307 return true;
1308
1309 // The conversion was successful.
1310 Kind = CastExpr::CK_DerivedToBase;
Douglas Gregor39c16d42008-10-24 04:54:22 +00001311 }
1312 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001313 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *FromPtrType =
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001314 FromType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>())
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001315 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *ToPtrType =
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001316 ToType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001317 // Objective-C++ conversions are always okay.
1318 // FIXME: We should have a different class of conversions for the
1319 // Objective-C++ implicit conversions.
Steve Naroff1329fa02009-07-15 18:40:39 +00001320 if (FromPtrType->isObjCBuiltinType() || ToPtrType->isObjCBuiltinType())
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001321 return false;
Douglas Gregor39c16d42008-10-24 04:54:22 +00001322
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001323 }
Douglas Gregor39c16d42008-10-24 04:54:22 +00001324 return false;
1325}
1326
Sebastian Redl72b597d2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001327/// IsMemberPointerConversion - Determines whether the conversion of the
1328/// expression From, which has the (possibly adjusted) type FromType, can be
1329/// converted to the type ToType via a member pointer conversion (C++ 4.11).
1330/// If so, returns true and places the converted type (that might differ from
1331/// ToType in its cv-qualifiers at some level) into ConvertedType.
1332bool Sema::IsMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType,
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00001333 QualType ToType,
1334 bool InOverloadResolution,
1335 QualType &ConvertedType) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001336 const MemberPointerType *ToTypePtr = ToType->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
Sebastian Redl72b597d2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001337 if (!ToTypePtr)
1338 return false;
1339
1340 // A null pointer constant can be converted to a member pointer (C++ 4.11p1)
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00001341 if (From->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
1342 InOverloadResolution? Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull
1343 : Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Sebastian Redl72b597d2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001344 ConvertedType = ToType;
1345 return true;
1346 }
1347
1348 // Otherwise, both types have to be member pointers.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001349 const MemberPointerType *FromTypePtr = FromType->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
Sebastian Redl72b597d2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001350 if (!FromTypePtr)
1351 return false;
1352
1353 // A pointer to member of B can be converted to a pointer to member of D,
1354 // where D is derived from B (C++ 4.11p2).
1355 QualType FromClass(FromTypePtr->getClass(), 0);
1356 QualType ToClass(ToTypePtr->getClass(), 0);
1357 // FIXME: What happens when these are dependent? Is this function even called?
1358
1359 if (IsDerivedFrom(ToClass, FromClass)) {
1360 ConvertedType = Context.getMemberPointerType(FromTypePtr->getPointeeType(),
1361 ToClass.getTypePtr());
1362 return true;
1363 }
1364
1365 return false;
1366}
Douglas Gregor40cb9ad2009-12-09 00:47:37 +00001367
Sebastian Redl72b597d2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001368/// CheckMemberPointerConversion - Check the member pointer conversion from the
1369/// expression From to the type ToType. This routine checks for ambiguous or
John McCall5b0829a2010-02-10 09:31:12 +00001370/// virtual or inaccessible base-to-derived member pointer conversions
Sebastian Redl72b597d2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001371/// for which IsMemberPointerConversion has already returned true. It returns
1372/// true and produces a diagnostic if there was an error, or returns false
1373/// otherwise.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001374bool Sema::CheckMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
Sebastian Redl7c353682009-11-14 21:15:49 +00001375 CastExpr::CastKind &Kind,
1376 bool IgnoreBaseAccess) {
Sebastian Redl72b597d2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001377 QualType FromType = From->getType();
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001378 const MemberPointerType *FromPtrType = FromType->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
Anders Carlssond7923c62009-08-22 23:33:40 +00001379 if (!FromPtrType) {
1380 // This must be a null pointer to member pointer conversion
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00001381 assert(From->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
1382 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull) &&
Anders Carlssond7923c62009-08-22 23:33:40 +00001383 "Expr must be null pointer constant!");
1384 Kind = CastExpr::CK_NullToMemberPointer;
Sebastian Redled8f2002009-01-28 18:33:18 +00001385 return false;
Anders Carlssond7923c62009-08-22 23:33:40 +00001386 }
Sebastian Redl72b597d2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001387
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001388 const MemberPointerType *ToPtrType = ToType->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
Sebastian Redled8f2002009-01-28 18:33:18 +00001389 assert(ToPtrType && "No member pointer cast has a target type "
1390 "that is not a member pointer.");
Sebastian Redl72b597d2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001391
Sebastian Redled8f2002009-01-28 18:33:18 +00001392 QualType FromClass = QualType(FromPtrType->getClass(), 0);
1393 QualType ToClass = QualType(ToPtrType->getClass(), 0);
Sebastian Redl72b597d2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001394
Sebastian Redled8f2002009-01-28 18:33:18 +00001395 // FIXME: What about dependent types?
1396 assert(FromClass->isRecordType() && "Pointer into non-class.");
1397 assert(ToClass->isRecordType() && "Pointer into non-class.");
Sebastian Redl72b597d2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001398
John McCall5b0829a2010-02-10 09:31:12 +00001399 CXXBasePaths Paths(/*FindAmbiguities=*/true, /*RecordPaths=*/ true,
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00001400 /*DetectVirtual=*/true);
Sebastian Redled8f2002009-01-28 18:33:18 +00001401 bool DerivationOkay = IsDerivedFrom(ToClass, FromClass, Paths);
1402 assert(DerivationOkay &&
1403 "Should not have been called if derivation isn't OK.");
1404 (void)DerivationOkay;
Sebastian Redl72b597d2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001405
Sebastian Redled8f2002009-01-28 18:33:18 +00001406 if (Paths.isAmbiguous(Context.getCanonicalType(FromClass).
1407 getUnqualifiedType())) {
Sebastian Redled8f2002009-01-28 18:33:18 +00001408 std::string PathDisplayStr = getAmbiguousPathsDisplayString(Paths);
1409 Diag(From->getExprLoc(), diag::err_ambiguous_memptr_conv)
1410 << 0 << FromClass << ToClass << PathDisplayStr << From->getSourceRange();
1411 return true;
Sebastian Redl72b597d2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001412 }
Sebastian Redled8f2002009-01-28 18:33:18 +00001413
Douglas Gregor89ee6822009-02-28 01:32:25 +00001414 if (const RecordType *VBase = Paths.getDetectedVirtual()) {
Sebastian Redled8f2002009-01-28 18:33:18 +00001415 Diag(From->getExprLoc(), diag::err_memptr_conv_via_virtual)
1416 << FromClass << ToClass << QualType(VBase, 0)
1417 << From->getSourceRange();
1418 return true;
1419 }
1420
John McCall5b0829a2010-02-10 09:31:12 +00001421 if (!IgnoreBaseAccess)
John McCall1064d7e2010-03-16 05:22:47 +00001422 CheckBaseClassAccess(From->getExprLoc(), FromClass, ToClass,
1423 Paths.front(),
1424 diag::err_downcast_from_inaccessible_base);
John McCall5b0829a2010-02-10 09:31:12 +00001425
Anders Carlssond7923c62009-08-22 23:33:40 +00001426 // Must be a base to derived member conversion.
1427 Kind = CastExpr::CK_BaseToDerivedMemberPointer;
Sebastian Redl72b597d2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001428 return false;
1429}
1430
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001431/// IsQualificationConversion - Determines whether the conversion from
1432/// an rvalue of type FromType to ToType is a qualification conversion
1433/// (C++ 4.4).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001434bool
1435Sema::IsQualificationConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType) {
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001436 FromType = Context.getCanonicalType(FromType);
1437 ToType = Context.getCanonicalType(ToType);
1438
1439 // If FromType and ToType are the same type, this is not a
1440 // qualification conversion.
Sebastian Redlcbdffb12010-02-03 19:36:07 +00001441 if (FromType.getUnqualifiedType() == ToType.getUnqualifiedType())
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001442 return false;
Sebastian Redled8f2002009-01-28 18:33:18 +00001443
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001444 // (C++ 4.4p4):
1445 // A conversion can add cv-qualifiers at levels other than the first
1446 // in multi-level pointers, subject to the following rules: [...]
1447 bool PreviousToQualsIncludeConst = true;
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001448 bool UnwrappedAnyPointer = false;
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001449 while (UnwrapSimilarPointerTypes(FromType, ToType)) {
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001450 // Within each iteration of the loop, we check the qualifiers to
1451 // determine if this still looks like a qualification
1452 // conversion. Then, if all is well, we unwrap one more level of
Douglas Gregor29a92472008-10-22 17:49:05 +00001453 // pointers or pointers-to-members and do it all again
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001454 // until there are no more pointers or pointers-to-members left to
1455 // unwrap.
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001456 UnwrappedAnyPointer = true;
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001457
1458 // -- for every j > 0, if const is in cv 1,j then const is in cv
1459 // 2,j, and similarly for volatile.
Douglas Gregorea2d4212008-10-22 00:38:21 +00001460 if (!ToType.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(FromType))
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001461 return false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001462
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001463 // -- if the cv 1,j and cv 2,j are different, then const is in
1464 // every cv for 0 < k < j.
1465 if (FromType.getCVRQualifiers() != ToType.getCVRQualifiers()
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001466 && !PreviousToQualsIncludeConst)
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001467 return false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001468
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001469 // Keep track of whether all prior cv-qualifiers in the "to" type
1470 // include const.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001471 PreviousToQualsIncludeConst
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001472 = PreviousToQualsIncludeConst && ToType.isConstQualified();
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001473 }
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001474
1475 // We are left with FromType and ToType being the pointee types
1476 // after unwrapping the original FromType and ToType the same number
1477 // of types. If we unwrapped any pointers, and if FromType and
1478 // ToType have the same unqualified type (since we checked
1479 // qualifiers above), then this is a qualification conversion.
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00001480 return UnwrappedAnyPointer && Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType,ToType);
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001481}
1482
Douglas Gregor576e98c2009-01-30 23:27:23 +00001483/// Determines whether there is a user-defined conversion sequence
1484/// (C++ [over.ics.user]) that converts expression From to the type
1485/// ToType. If such a conversion exists, User will contain the
1486/// user-defined conversion sequence that performs such a conversion
1487/// and this routine will return true. Otherwise, this routine returns
1488/// false and User is unspecified.
1489///
1490/// \param AllowConversionFunctions true if the conversion should
1491/// consider conversion functions at all. If false, only constructors
1492/// will be considered.
1493///
1494/// \param AllowExplicit true if the conversion should consider C++0x
1495/// "explicit" conversion functions as well as non-explicit conversion
1496/// functions (C++0x [class.conv.fct]p2).
Sebastian Redl42e92c42009-04-12 17:16:29 +00001497///
Fariborz Jahanianb3c44f92009-10-01 20:39:51 +00001498/// \param UserCast true if looking for user defined conversion for a static
1499/// cast.
Douglas Gregor3e1e5272009-12-09 23:02:17 +00001500OverloadingResult Sema::IsUserDefinedConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
1501 UserDefinedConversionSequence& User,
1502 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
1503 bool AllowConversionFunctions,
1504 bool AllowExplicit,
Douglas Gregor3e1e5272009-12-09 23:02:17 +00001505 bool UserCast) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001506 if (const RecordType *ToRecordType = ToType->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Douglas Gregor3ec1bf22009-11-05 13:06:35 +00001507 if (RequireCompleteType(From->getLocStart(), ToType, PDiag())) {
1508 // We're not going to find any constructors.
1509 } else if (CXXRecordDecl *ToRecordDecl
1510 = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(ToRecordType->getDecl())) {
Douglas Gregor89ee6822009-02-28 01:32:25 +00001511 // C++ [over.match.ctor]p1:
1512 // When objects of class type are direct-initialized (8.5), or
1513 // copy-initialized from an expression of the same or a
1514 // derived class type (8.5), overload resolution selects the
1515 // constructor. [...] For copy-initialization, the candidate
1516 // functions are all the converting constructors (12.3.1) of
1517 // that class. The argument list is the expression-list within
1518 // the parentheses of the initializer.
Douglas Gregor379d84b2009-11-13 18:44:21 +00001519 bool SuppressUserConversions = !UserCast;
1520 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ToType, From->getType()) ||
1521 IsDerivedFrom(From->getType(), ToType)) {
1522 SuppressUserConversions = false;
1523 AllowConversionFunctions = false;
1524 }
1525
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001526 DeclarationName ConstructorName
Douglas Gregor89ee6822009-02-28 01:32:25 +00001527 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(
1528 Context.getCanonicalType(ToType).getUnqualifiedType());
1529 DeclContext::lookup_iterator Con, ConEnd;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001530 for (llvm::tie(Con, ConEnd)
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00001531 = ToRecordDecl->lookup(ConstructorName);
Douglas Gregor89ee6822009-02-28 01:32:25 +00001532 Con != ConEnd; ++Con) {
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00001533 NamedDecl *D = *Con;
1534 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl = DeclAccessPair::make(D, D->getAccess());
1535
Douglas Gregor5ed5ae42009-08-21 18:42:58 +00001536 // Find the constructor (which may be a template).
1537 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = 0;
1538 FunctionTemplateDecl *ConstructorTmpl
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00001539 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D);
Douglas Gregor5ed5ae42009-08-21 18:42:58 +00001540 if (ConstructorTmpl)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001541 Constructor
Douglas Gregor5ed5ae42009-08-21 18:42:58 +00001542 = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(ConstructorTmpl->getTemplatedDecl());
1543 else
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00001544 Constructor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D);
Douglas Gregorffe14e32009-11-14 01:20:54 +00001545
Fariborz Jahanian11a8e952009-08-06 17:22:51 +00001546 if (!Constructor->isInvalidDecl() &&
Anders Carlssond20e7952009-08-28 16:57:08 +00001547 Constructor->isConvertingConstructor(AllowExplicit)) {
Douglas Gregor5ed5ae42009-08-21 18:42:58 +00001548 if (ConstructorTmpl)
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00001549 AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(ConstructorTmpl, FoundDecl,
John McCallb89836b2010-01-26 01:37:31 +00001550 /*ExplicitArgs*/ 0,
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00001551 &From, 1, CandidateSet,
Douglas Gregorf1e46692010-04-16 17:33:27 +00001552 SuppressUserConversions);
Douglas Gregor5ed5ae42009-08-21 18:42:58 +00001553 else
Fariborz Jahanianb3c44f92009-10-01 20:39:51 +00001554 // Allow one user-defined conversion when user specifies a
1555 // From->ToType conversion via an static cast (c-style, etc).
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00001556 AddOverloadCandidate(Constructor, FoundDecl,
John McCallb89836b2010-01-26 01:37:31 +00001557 &From, 1, CandidateSet,
Douglas Gregorb05275a2010-04-16 17:41:49 +00001558 SuppressUserConversions);
Douglas Gregor5ed5ae42009-08-21 18:42:58 +00001559 }
Douglas Gregor89ee6822009-02-28 01:32:25 +00001560 }
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001561 }
1562 }
1563
Douglas Gregor576e98c2009-01-30 23:27:23 +00001564 if (!AllowConversionFunctions) {
1565 // Don't allow any conversion functions to enter the overload set.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001566 } else if (RequireCompleteType(From->getLocStart(), From->getType(),
1567 PDiag(0)
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00001568 << From->getSourceRange())) {
Douglas Gregor8a2e6012009-08-24 15:23:48 +00001569 // No conversion functions from incomplete types.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001570 } else if (const RecordType *FromRecordType
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001571 = From->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001572 if (CXXRecordDecl *FromRecordDecl
Fariborz Jahanianf9012a32009-09-11 18:46:22 +00001573 = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FromRecordType->getDecl())) {
1574 // Add all of the conversion functions as candidates.
John McCallad371252010-01-20 00:46:10 +00001575 const UnresolvedSetImpl *Conversions
Fariborz Jahanianf4061e32009-09-14 20:41:01 +00001576 = FromRecordDecl->getVisibleConversionFunctions();
John McCallad371252010-01-20 00:46:10 +00001577 for (UnresolvedSetImpl::iterator I = Conversions->begin(),
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001578 E = Conversions->end(); I != E; ++I) {
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00001579 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl = I.getPair();
1580 NamedDecl *D = FoundDecl.getDecl();
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00001581 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext());
1582 if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D))
1583 D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl();
1584
Fariborz Jahanianf9012a32009-09-11 18:46:22 +00001585 CXXConversionDecl *Conv;
1586 FunctionTemplateDecl *ConvTemplate;
John McCallda4458e2010-03-31 01:36:47 +00001587 if ((ConvTemplate = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)))
1588 Conv = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(ConvTemplate->getTemplatedDecl());
Fariborz Jahanianf9012a32009-09-11 18:46:22 +00001589 else
John McCallda4458e2010-03-31 01:36:47 +00001590 Conv = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(D);
Fariborz Jahanianf9012a32009-09-11 18:46:22 +00001591
1592 if (AllowExplicit || !Conv->isExplicit()) {
1593 if (ConvTemplate)
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00001594 AddTemplateConversionCandidate(ConvTemplate, FoundDecl,
John McCallb89836b2010-01-26 01:37:31 +00001595 ActingContext, From, ToType,
1596 CandidateSet);
Fariborz Jahanianf9012a32009-09-11 18:46:22 +00001597 else
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00001598 AddConversionCandidate(Conv, FoundDecl, ActingContext,
John McCallb89836b2010-01-26 01:37:31 +00001599 From, ToType, CandidateSet);
Fariborz Jahanianf9012a32009-09-11 18:46:22 +00001600 }
1601 }
1602 }
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00001603 }
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001604
1605 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001606 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, From->getLocStart(), Best)) {
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001607 case OR_Success:
1608 // Record the standard conversion we used and the conversion function.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001609 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001610 = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Best->Function)) {
1611 // C++ [over.ics.user]p1:
1612 // If the user-defined conversion is specified by a
1613 // constructor (12.3.1), the initial standard conversion
1614 // sequence converts the source type to the type required by
1615 // the argument of the constructor.
1616 //
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001617 QualType ThisType = Constructor->getThisType(Context);
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00001618 if (Best->Conversions[0].isEllipsis())
Fariborz Jahanian55824512009-11-06 00:23:08 +00001619 User.EllipsisConversion = true;
1620 else {
1621 User.Before = Best->Conversions[0].Standard;
1622 User.EllipsisConversion = false;
1623 }
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001624 User.ConversionFunction = Constructor;
1625 User.After.setAsIdentityConversion();
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00001626 User.After.setFromType(
1627 ThisType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
Douglas Gregor3edc4d52010-01-27 03:51:04 +00001628 User.After.setAllToTypes(ToType);
Fariborz Jahanian3e6b57e2009-09-15 19:12:21 +00001629 return OR_Success;
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00001630 } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion
1631 = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(Best->Function)) {
1632 // C++ [over.ics.user]p1:
1633 //
1634 // [...] If the user-defined conversion is specified by a
1635 // conversion function (12.3.2), the initial standard
1636 // conversion sequence converts the source type to the
1637 // implicit object parameter of the conversion function.
1638 User.Before = Best->Conversions[0].Standard;
1639 User.ConversionFunction = Conversion;
Fariborz Jahanian55824512009-11-06 00:23:08 +00001640 User.EllipsisConversion = false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001641
1642 // C++ [over.ics.user]p2:
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00001643 // The second standard conversion sequence converts the
1644 // result of the user-defined conversion to the target type
1645 // for the sequence. Since an implicit conversion sequence
1646 // is an initialization, the special rules for
1647 // initialization by user-defined conversion apply when
1648 // selecting the best user-defined conversion for a
1649 // user-defined conversion sequence (see 13.3.3 and
1650 // 13.3.3.1).
1651 User.After = Best->FinalConversion;
Fariborz Jahanian3e6b57e2009-09-15 19:12:21 +00001652 return OR_Success;
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001653 } else {
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00001654 assert(false && "Not a constructor or conversion function?");
Fariborz Jahanian3e6b57e2009-09-15 19:12:21 +00001655 return OR_No_Viable_Function;
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001656 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001657
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001658 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
Fariborz Jahanian3e6b57e2009-09-15 19:12:21 +00001659 return OR_No_Viable_Function;
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001660 case OR_Deleted:
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001661 // No conversion here! We're done.
Fariborz Jahanian3e6b57e2009-09-15 19:12:21 +00001662 return OR_Deleted;
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001663
1664 case OR_Ambiguous:
Fariborz Jahanian3e6b57e2009-09-15 19:12:21 +00001665 return OR_Ambiguous;
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001666 }
1667
Fariborz Jahanian3e6b57e2009-09-15 19:12:21 +00001668 return OR_No_Viable_Function;
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001669}
Fariborz Jahanianf0647a52009-09-22 20:24:30 +00001670
1671bool
Fariborz Jahanian76197412009-11-18 18:26:29 +00001672Sema::DiagnoseMultipleUserDefinedConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType) {
Fariborz Jahanianf0647a52009-09-22 20:24:30 +00001673 ImplicitConversionSequence ICS;
John McCallbc077cf2010-02-08 23:07:23 +00001674 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(From->getExprLoc());
Fariborz Jahanianf0647a52009-09-22 20:24:30 +00001675 OverloadingResult OvResult =
1676 IsUserDefinedConversion(From, ToType, ICS.UserDefined,
Douglas Gregor7b23e412010-04-16 17:25:05 +00001677 CandidateSet, true, false, false);
Fariborz Jahanian76197412009-11-18 18:26:29 +00001678 if (OvResult == OR_Ambiguous)
1679 Diag(From->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
1680 diag::err_typecheck_ambiguous_condition)
1681 << From->getType() << ToType << From->getSourceRange();
1682 else if (OvResult == OR_No_Viable_Function && !CandidateSet.empty())
1683 Diag(From->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
1684 diag::err_typecheck_nonviable_condition)
1685 << From->getType() << ToType << From->getSourceRange();
1686 else
Fariborz Jahanianf0647a52009-09-22 20:24:30 +00001687 return false;
John McCallad907772010-01-12 07:18:19 +00001688 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_AllCandidates, &From, 1);
Fariborz Jahanianf0647a52009-09-22 20:24:30 +00001689 return true;
1690}
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001691
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001692/// CompareImplicitConversionSequences - Compare two implicit
1693/// conversion sequences to determine whether one is better than the
1694/// other or if they are indistinguishable (C++ 13.3.3.2).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001695ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001696Sema::CompareImplicitConversionSequences(const ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS1,
1697 const ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS2)
1698{
1699 // (C++ 13.3.3.2p2): When comparing the basic forms of implicit
1700 // conversion sequences (as defined in 13.3.3.1)
1701 // -- a standard conversion sequence (13.3.3.1.1) is a better
1702 // conversion sequence than a user-defined conversion sequence or
1703 // an ellipsis conversion sequence, and
1704 // -- a user-defined conversion sequence (13.3.3.1.2) is a better
1705 // conversion sequence than an ellipsis conversion sequence
1706 // (13.3.3.1.3).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001707 //
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00001708 // C++0x [over.best.ics]p10:
1709 // For the purpose of ranking implicit conversion sequences as
1710 // described in 13.3.3.2, the ambiguous conversion sequence is
1711 // treated as a user-defined sequence that is indistinguishable
1712 // from any other user-defined conversion sequence.
1713 if (ICS1.getKind() < ICS2.getKind()) {
1714 if (!(ICS1.isUserDefined() && ICS2.isAmbiguous()))
1715 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1716 } else if (ICS2.getKind() < ICS1.getKind()) {
1717 if (!(ICS2.isUserDefined() && ICS1.isAmbiguous()))
1718 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
1719 }
1720
1721 if (ICS1.isAmbiguous() || ICS2.isAmbiguous())
1722 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001723
1724 // Two implicit conversion sequences of the same form are
1725 // indistinguishable conversion sequences unless one of the
1726 // following rules apply: (C++ 13.3.3.2p3):
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00001727 if (ICS1.isStandard())
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001728 return CompareStandardConversionSequences(ICS1.Standard, ICS2.Standard);
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00001729 else if (ICS1.isUserDefined()) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001730 // User-defined conversion sequence U1 is a better conversion
1731 // sequence than another user-defined conversion sequence U2 if
1732 // they contain the same user-defined conversion function or
1733 // constructor and if the second standard conversion sequence of
1734 // U1 is better than the second standard conversion sequence of
1735 // U2 (C++ 13.3.3.2p3).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001736 if (ICS1.UserDefined.ConversionFunction ==
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001737 ICS2.UserDefined.ConversionFunction)
1738 return CompareStandardConversionSequences(ICS1.UserDefined.After,
1739 ICS2.UserDefined.After);
1740 }
1741
1742 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
1743}
1744
Douglas Gregor3edc4d52010-01-27 03:51:04 +00001745// Per 13.3.3.2p3, compare the given standard conversion sequences to
1746// determine if one is a proper subset of the other.
1747static ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind
1748compareStandardConversionSubsets(ASTContext &Context,
1749 const StandardConversionSequence& SCS1,
1750 const StandardConversionSequence& SCS2) {
1751 ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind Result
1752 = ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
1753
1754 if (SCS1.Second != SCS2.Second) {
1755 if (SCS1.Second == ICK_Identity)
1756 Result = ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1757 else if (SCS2.Second == ICK_Identity)
1758 Result = ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
1759 else
1760 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
1761 } else if (!Context.hasSameType(SCS1.getToType(1), SCS2.getToType(1)))
1762 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
1763
1764 if (SCS1.Third == SCS2.Third) {
1765 return Context.hasSameType(SCS1.getToType(2), SCS2.getToType(2))? Result
1766 : ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
1767 }
1768
1769 if (SCS1.Third == ICK_Identity)
1770 return Result == ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse
1771 ? ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable
1772 : ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1773
1774 if (SCS2.Third == ICK_Identity)
1775 return Result == ImplicitConversionSequence::Better
1776 ? ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable
1777 : ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
1778
1779 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
1780}
1781
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001782/// CompareStandardConversionSequences - Compare two standard
1783/// conversion sequences to determine whether one is better than the
1784/// other or if they are indistinguishable (C++ 13.3.3.2p3).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001785ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001786Sema::CompareStandardConversionSequences(const StandardConversionSequence& SCS1,
1787 const StandardConversionSequence& SCS2)
1788{
1789 // Standard conversion sequence S1 is a better conversion sequence
1790 // than standard conversion sequence S2 if (C++ 13.3.3.2p3):
1791
1792 // -- S1 is a proper subsequence of S2 (comparing the conversion
1793 // sequences in the canonical form defined by 13.3.3.1.1,
1794 // excluding any Lvalue Transformation; the identity conversion
1795 // sequence is considered to be a subsequence of any
1796 // non-identity conversion sequence) or, if not that,
Douglas Gregor3edc4d52010-01-27 03:51:04 +00001797 if (ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind CK
1798 = compareStandardConversionSubsets(Context, SCS1, SCS2))
1799 return CK;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001800
1801 // -- the rank of S1 is better than the rank of S2 (by the rules
1802 // defined below), or, if not that,
1803 ImplicitConversionRank Rank1 = SCS1.getRank();
1804 ImplicitConversionRank Rank2 = SCS2.getRank();
1805 if (Rank1 < Rank2)
1806 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1807 else if (Rank2 < Rank1)
1808 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001809
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001810 // (C++ 13.3.3.2p4): Two conversion sequences with the same rank
1811 // are indistinguishable unless one of the following rules
1812 // applies:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001813
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001814 // A conversion that is not a conversion of a pointer, or
1815 // pointer to member, to bool is better than another conversion
1816 // that is such a conversion.
1817 if (SCS1.isPointerConversionToBool() != SCS2.isPointerConversionToBool())
1818 return SCS2.isPointerConversionToBool()
1819 ? ImplicitConversionSequence::Better
1820 : ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
1821
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001822 // C++ [over.ics.rank]p4b2:
1823 //
1824 // If class B is derived directly or indirectly from class A,
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001825 // conversion of B* to A* is better than conversion of B* to
1826 // void*, and conversion of A* to void* is better than conversion
1827 // of B* to void*.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001828 bool SCS1ConvertsToVoid
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001829 = SCS1.isPointerConversionToVoidPointer(Context);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001830 bool SCS2ConvertsToVoid
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001831 = SCS2.isPointerConversionToVoidPointer(Context);
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001832 if (SCS1ConvertsToVoid != SCS2ConvertsToVoid) {
1833 // Exactly one of the conversion sequences is a conversion to
1834 // a void pointer; it's the worse conversion.
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001835 return SCS2ConvertsToVoid ? ImplicitConversionSequence::Better
1836 : ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001837 } else if (!SCS1ConvertsToVoid && !SCS2ConvertsToVoid) {
1838 // Neither conversion sequence converts to a void pointer; compare
1839 // their derived-to-base conversions.
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001840 if (ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind DerivedCK
1841 = CompareDerivedToBaseConversions(SCS1, SCS2))
1842 return DerivedCK;
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001843 } else if (SCS1ConvertsToVoid && SCS2ConvertsToVoid) {
1844 // Both conversion sequences are conversions to void
1845 // pointers. Compare the source types to determine if there's an
1846 // inheritance relationship in their sources.
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00001847 QualType FromType1 = SCS1.getFromType();
1848 QualType FromType2 = SCS2.getFromType();
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001849
1850 // Adjust the types we're converting from via the array-to-pointer
1851 // conversion, if we need to.
1852 if (SCS1.First == ICK_Array_To_Pointer)
1853 FromType1 = Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType1);
1854 if (SCS2.First == ICK_Array_To_Pointer)
1855 FromType2 = Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType2);
1856
Douglas Gregor1aa450a2009-12-13 21:37:05 +00001857 QualType FromPointee1
1858 = FromType1->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getUnqualifiedType();
1859 QualType FromPointee2
1860 = FromType2->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001861
Douglas Gregor1aa450a2009-12-13 21:37:05 +00001862 if (IsDerivedFrom(FromPointee2, FromPointee1))
1863 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1864 else if (IsDerivedFrom(FromPointee1, FromPointee2))
1865 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
1866
1867 // Objective-C++: If one interface is more specific than the
1868 // other, it is the better one.
1869 const ObjCInterfaceType* FromIface1 = FromPointee1->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
1870 const ObjCInterfaceType* FromIface2 = FromPointee2->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
1871 if (FromIface1 && FromIface1) {
1872 if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(FromIface2, FromIface1))
1873 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1874 else if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(FromIface1, FromIface2))
1875 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
1876 }
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001877 }
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001878
1879 // Compare based on qualification conversions (C++ 13.3.3.2p3,
1880 // bullet 3).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001881 if (ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind QualCK
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001882 = CompareQualificationConversions(SCS1, SCS2))
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001883 return QualCK;
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001884
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001885 if (SCS1.ReferenceBinding && SCS2.ReferenceBinding) {
Sebastian Redlb28b4072009-03-22 23:49:27 +00001886 // C++0x [over.ics.rank]p3b4:
1887 // -- S1 and S2 are reference bindings (8.5.3) and neither refers to an
1888 // implicit object parameter of a non-static member function declared
1889 // without a ref-qualifier, and S1 binds an rvalue reference to an
1890 // rvalue and S2 binds an lvalue reference.
Sebastian Redl4c0cd852009-03-29 15:27:50 +00001891 // FIXME: We don't know if we're dealing with the implicit object parameter,
1892 // or if the member function in this case has a ref qualifier.
1893 // (Of course, we don't have ref qualifiers yet.)
1894 if (SCS1.RRefBinding != SCS2.RRefBinding)
1895 return SCS1.RRefBinding ? ImplicitConversionSequence::Better
1896 : ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
Sebastian Redlb28b4072009-03-22 23:49:27 +00001897
1898 // C++ [over.ics.rank]p3b4:
1899 // -- S1 and S2 are reference bindings (8.5.3), and the types to
1900 // which the references refer are the same type except for
1901 // top-level cv-qualifiers, and the type to which the reference
1902 // initialized by S2 refers is more cv-qualified than the type
1903 // to which the reference initialized by S1 refers.
Douglas Gregor3edc4d52010-01-27 03:51:04 +00001904 QualType T1 = SCS1.getToType(2);
1905 QualType T2 = SCS2.getToType(2);
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001906 T1 = Context.getCanonicalType(T1);
1907 T2 = Context.getCanonicalType(T2);
Chandler Carruth607f38e2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00001908 Qualifiers T1Quals, T2Quals;
1909 QualType UnqualT1 = Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(T1, T1Quals);
1910 QualType UnqualT2 = Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(T2, T2Quals);
1911 if (UnqualT1 == UnqualT2) {
1912 // If the type is an array type, promote the element qualifiers to the type
1913 // for comparison.
1914 if (isa<ArrayType>(T1) && T1Quals)
1915 T1 = Context.getQualifiedType(UnqualT1, T1Quals);
1916 if (isa<ArrayType>(T2) && T2Quals)
1917 T2 = Context.getQualifiedType(UnqualT2, T2Quals);
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001918 if (T2.isMoreQualifiedThan(T1))
1919 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1920 else if (T1.isMoreQualifiedThan(T2))
1921 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
1922 }
1923 }
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001924
1925 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
1926}
1927
1928/// CompareQualificationConversions - Compares two standard conversion
1929/// sequences to determine whether they can be ranked based on their
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001930/// qualification conversions (C++ 13.3.3.2p3 bullet 3).
1931ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001932Sema::CompareQualificationConversions(const StandardConversionSequence& SCS1,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001933 const StandardConversionSequence& SCS2) {
Douglas Gregor4b62ec62008-10-22 15:04:37 +00001934 // C++ 13.3.3.2p3:
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001935 // -- S1 and S2 differ only in their qualification conversion and
1936 // yield similar types T1 and T2 (C++ 4.4), respectively, and the
1937 // cv-qualification signature of type T1 is a proper subset of
1938 // the cv-qualification signature of type T2, and S1 is not the
1939 // deprecated string literal array-to-pointer conversion (4.2).
1940 if (SCS1.First != SCS2.First || SCS1.Second != SCS2.Second ||
1941 SCS1.Third != SCS2.Third || SCS1.Third != ICK_Qualification)
1942 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
1943
1944 // FIXME: the example in the standard doesn't use a qualification
1945 // conversion (!)
Douglas Gregor3edc4d52010-01-27 03:51:04 +00001946 QualType T1 = SCS1.getToType(2);
1947 QualType T2 = SCS2.getToType(2);
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001948 T1 = Context.getCanonicalType(T1);
1949 T2 = Context.getCanonicalType(T2);
Chandler Carruth607f38e2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00001950 Qualifiers T1Quals, T2Quals;
1951 QualType UnqualT1 = Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(T1, T1Quals);
1952 QualType UnqualT2 = Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(T2, T2Quals);
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001953
1954 // If the types are the same, we won't learn anything by unwrapped
1955 // them.
Chandler Carruth607f38e2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00001956 if (UnqualT1 == UnqualT2)
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001957 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
1958
Chandler Carruth607f38e2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00001959 // If the type is an array type, promote the element qualifiers to the type
1960 // for comparison.
1961 if (isa<ArrayType>(T1) && T1Quals)
1962 T1 = Context.getQualifiedType(UnqualT1, T1Quals);
1963 if (isa<ArrayType>(T2) && T2Quals)
1964 T2 = Context.getQualifiedType(UnqualT2, T2Quals);
1965
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001966 ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind Result
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001967 = ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
1968 while (UnwrapSimilarPointerTypes(T1, T2)) {
1969 // Within each iteration of the loop, we check the qualifiers to
1970 // determine if this still looks like a qualification
1971 // conversion. Then, if all is well, we unwrap one more level of
Douglas Gregor29a92472008-10-22 17:49:05 +00001972 // pointers or pointers-to-members and do it all again
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001973 // until there are no more pointers or pointers-to-members left
1974 // to unwrap. This essentially mimics what
1975 // IsQualificationConversion does, but here we're checking for a
1976 // strict subset of qualifiers.
1977 if (T1.getCVRQualifiers() == T2.getCVRQualifiers())
1978 // The qualifiers are the same, so this doesn't tell us anything
1979 // about how the sequences rank.
1980 ;
1981 else if (T2.isMoreQualifiedThan(T1)) {
1982 // T1 has fewer qualifiers, so it could be the better sequence.
1983 if (Result == ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse)
1984 // Neither has qualifiers that are a subset of the other's
1985 // qualifiers.
1986 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001987
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001988 Result = ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1989 } else if (T1.isMoreQualifiedThan(T2)) {
1990 // T2 has fewer qualifiers, so it could be the better sequence.
1991 if (Result == ImplicitConversionSequence::Better)
1992 // Neither has qualifiers that are a subset of the other's
1993 // qualifiers.
1994 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001995
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001996 Result = ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
1997 } else {
1998 // Qualifiers are disjoint.
1999 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
2000 }
2001
2002 // If the types after this point are equivalent, we're done.
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00002003 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T1, T2))
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00002004 break;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002005 }
2006
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00002007 // Check that the winning standard conversion sequence isn't using
2008 // the deprecated string literal array to pointer conversion.
2009 switch (Result) {
2010 case ImplicitConversionSequence::Better:
Douglas Gregore489a7d2010-02-28 18:30:25 +00002011 if (SCS1.DeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtr)
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00002012 Result = ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
2013 break;
2014
2015 case ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable:
2016 break;
2017
2018 case ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse:
Douglas Gregore489a7d2010-02-28 18:30:25 +00002019 if (SCS2.DeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtr)
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00002020 Result = ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
2021 break;
2022 }
2023
2024 return Result;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002025}
2026
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00002027/// CompareDerivedToBaseConversions - Compares two standard conversion
2028/// sequences to determine whether they can be ranked based on their
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +00002029/// various kinds of derived-to-base conversions (C++
2030/// [over.ics.rank]p4b3). As part of these checks, we also look at
2031/// conversions between Objective-C interface types.
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00002032ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind
2033Sema::CompareDerivedToBaseConversions(const StandardConversionSequence& SCS1,
2034 const StandardConversionSequence& SCS2) {
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00002035 QualType FromType1 = SCS1.getFromType();
Douglas Gregor3edc4d52010-01-27 03:51:04 +00002036 QualType ToType1 = SCS1.getToType(1);
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00002037 QualType FromType2 = SCS2.getFromType();
Douglas Gregor3edc4d52010-01-27 03:51:04 +00002038 QualType ToType2 = SCS2.getToType(1);
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00002039
2040 // Adjust the types we're converting from via the array-to-pointer
2041 // conversion, if we need to.
2042 if (SCS1.First == ICK_Array_To_Pointer)
2043 FromType1 = Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType1);
2044 if (SCS2.First == ICK_Array_To_Pointer)
2045 FromType2 = Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType2);
2046
2047 // Canonicalize all of the types.
2048 FromType1 = Context.getCanonicalType(FromType1);
2049 ToType1 = Context.getCanonicalType(ToType1);
2050 FromType2 = Context.getCanonicalType(FromType2);
2051 ToType2 = Context.getCanonicalType(ToType2);
2052
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00002053 // C++ [over.ics.rank]p4b3:
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00002054 //
2055 // If class B is derived directly or indirectly from class A and
2056 // class C is derived directly or indirectly from B,
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +00002057 //
2058 // For Objective-C, we let A, B, and C also be Objective-C
2059 // interfaces.
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00002060
2061 // Compare based on pointer conversions.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002062 if (SCS1.Second == ICK_Pointer_Conversion &&
Douglas Gregora29dc052008-11-27 01:19:21 +00002063 SCS2.Second == ICK_Pointer_Conversion &&
2064 /*FIXME: Remove if Objective-C id conversions get their own rank*/
2065 FromType1->isPointerType() && FromType2->isPointerType() &&
2066 ToType1->isPointerType() && ToType2->isPointerType()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002067 QualType FromPointee1
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002068 = FromType1->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002069 QualType ToPointee1
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002070 = ToType1->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00002071 QualType FromPointee2
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002072 = FromType2->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00002073 QualType ToPointee2
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002074 = ToType2->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +00002075
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002076 const ObjCInterfaceType* FromIface1 = FromPointee1->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
2077 const ObjCInterfaceType* FromIface2 = FromPointee2->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
2078 const ObjCInterfaceType* ToIface1 = ToPointee1->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
2079 const ObjCInterfaceType* ToIface2 = ToPointee2->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +00002080
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00002081 // -- conversion of C* to B* is better than conversion of C* to A*,
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00002082 if (FromPointee1 == FromPointee2 && ToPointee1 != ToPointee2) {
2083 if (IsDerivedFrom(ToPointee1, ToPointee2))
2084 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
2085 else if (IsDerivedFrom(ToPointee2, ToPointee1))
2086 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +00002087
2088 if (ToIface1 && ToIface2) {
2089 if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(ToIface2, ToIface1))
2090 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
2091 else if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(ToIface1, ToIface2))
2092 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
2093 }
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00002094 }
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00002095
2096 // -- conversion of B* to A* is better than conversion of C* to A*,
2097 if (FromPointee1 != FromPointee2 && ToPointee1 == ToPointee2) {
2098 if (IsDerivedFrom(FromPointee2, FromPointee1))
2099 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
2100 else if (IsDerivedFrom(FromPointee1, FromPointee2))
2101 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002102
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +00002103 if (FromIface1 && FromIface2) {
2104 if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(FromIface1, FromIface2))
2105 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
2106 else if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(FromIface2, FromIface1))
2107 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
2108 }
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00002109 }
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00002110 }
2111
Fariborz Jahanianac741ff2009-10-20 20:07:35 +00002112 // Ranking of member-pointer types.
Fariborz Jahanian9a587b02009-10-20 20:04:46 +00002113 if (SCS1.Second == ICK_Pointer_Member && SCS2.Second == ICK_Pointer_Member &&
2114 FromType1->isMemberPointerType() && FromType2->isMemberPointerType() &&
2115 ToType1->isMemberPointerType() && ToType2->isMemberPointerType()) {
2116 const MemberPointerType * FromMemPointer1 =
2117 FromType1->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
2118 const MemberPointerType * ToMemPointer1 =
2119 ToType1->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
2120 const MemberPointerType * FromMemPointer2 =
2121 FromType2->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
2122 const MemberPointerType * ToMemPointer2 =
2123 ToType2->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
2124 const Type *FromPointeeType1 = FromMemPointer1->getClass();
2125 const Type *ToPointeeType1 = ToMemPointer1->getClass();
2126 const Type *FromPointeeType2 = FromMemPointer2->getClass();
2127 const Type *ToPointeeType2 = ToMemPointer2->getClass();
2128 QualType FromPointee1 = QualType(FromPointeeType1, 0).getUnqualifiedType();
2129 QualType ToPointee1 = QualType(ToPointeeType1, 0).getUnqualifiedType();
2130 QualType FromPointee2 = QualType(FromPointeeType2, 0).getUnqualifiedType();
2131 QualType ToPointee2 = QualType(ToPointeeType2, 0).getUnqualifiedType();
Fariborz Jahanianac741ff2009-10-20 20:07:35 +00002132 // conversion of A::* to B::* is better than conversion of A::* to C::*,
Fariborz Jahanian9a587b02009-10-20 20:04:46 +00002133 if (FromPointee1 == FromPointee2 && ToPointee1 != ToPointee2) {
2134 if (IsDerivedFrom(ToPointee1, ToPointee2))
2135 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
2136 else if (IsDerivedFrom(ToPointee2, ToPointee1))
2137 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
2138 }
2139 // conversion of B::* to C::* is better than conversion of A::* to C::*
2140 if (ToPointee1 == ToPointee2 && FromPointee1 != FromPointee2) {
2141 if (IsDerivedFrom(FromPointee1, FromPointee2))
2142 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
2143 else if (IsDerivedFrom(FromPointee2, FromPointee1))
2144 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
2145 }
2146 }
2147
Douglas Gregor83af86a2010-02-25 19:01:05 +00002148 if ((SCS1.ReferenceBinding || SCS1.CopyConstructor) &&
2149 (SCS2.ReferenceBinding || SCS2.CopyConstructor) &&
Douglas Gregor2fe98832008-11-03 19:09:14 +00002150 SCS1.Second == ICK_Derived_To_Base) {
2151 // -- conversion of C to B is better than conversion of C to A,
Douglas Gregor83af86a2010-02-25 19:01:05 +00002152 // -- binding of an expression of type C to a reference of type
2153 // B& is better than binding an expression of type C to a
2154 // reference of type A&,
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00002155 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType1, FromType2) &&
2156 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ToType1, ToType2)) {
Douglas Gregor2fe98832008-11-03 19:09:14 +00002157 if (IsDerivedFrom(ToType1, ToType2))
2158 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
2159 else if (IsDerivedFrom(ToType2, ToType1))
2160 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
2161 }
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00002162
Douglas Gregor2fe98832008-11-03 19:09:14 +00002163 // -- conversion of B to A is better than conversion of C to A.
Douglas Gregor83af86a2010-02-25 19:01:05 +00002164 // -- binding of an expression of type B to a reference of type
2165 // A& is better than binding an expression of type C to a
2166 // reference of type A&,
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00002167 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType1, FromType2) &&
2168 Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ToType1, ToType2)) {
Douglas Gregor2fe98832008-11-03 19:09:14 +00002169 if (IsDerivedFrom(FromType2, FromType1))
2170 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
2171 else if (IsDerivedFrom(FromType1, FromType2))
2172 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
2173 }
2174 }
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00002175
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00002176 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
2177}
2178
Douglas Gregor38ae6ab2010-04-13 16:31:36 +00002179/// CompareReferenceRelationship - Compare the two types T1 and T2 to
2180/// determine whether they are reference-related,
2181/// reference-compatible, reference-compatible with added
2182/// qualification, or incompatible, for use in C++ initialization by
2183/// reference (C++ [dcl.ref.init]p4). Neither type can be a reference
2184/// type, and the first type (T1) is the pointee type of the reference
2185/// type being initialized.
2186Sema::ReferenceCompareResult
2187Sema::CompareReferenceRelationship(SourceLocation Loc,
2188 QualType OrigT1, QualType OrigT2,
2189 bool& DerivedToBase) {
2190 assert(!OrigT1->isReferenceType() &&
2191 "T1 must be the pointee type of the reference type");
2192 assert(!OrigT2->isReferenceType() && "T2 cannot be a reference type");
2193
2194 QualType T1 = Context.getCanonicalType(OrigT1);
2195 QualType T2 = Context.getCanonicalType(OrigT2);
2196 Qualifiers T1Quals, T2Quals;
2197 QualType UnqualT1 = Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(T1, T1Quals);
2198 QualType UnqualT2 = Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(T2, T2Quals);
2199
2200 // C++ [dcl.init.ref]p4:
2201 // Given types "cv1 T1" and "cv2 T2," "cv1 T1" is
2202 // reference-related to "cv2 T2" if T1 is the same type as T2, or
2203 // T1 is a base class of T2.
2204 if (UnqualT1 == UnqualT2)
2205 DerivedToBase = false;
2206 else if (!RequireCompleteType(Loc, OrigT1, PDiag()) &&
2207 !RequireCompleteType(Loc, OrigT2, PDiag()) &&
2208 IsDerivedFrom(UnqualT2, UnqualT1))
2209 DerivedToBase = true;
2210 else
2211 return Ref_Incompatible;
2212
2213 // At this point, we know that T1 and T2 are reference-related (at
2214 // least).
2215
2216 // If the type is an array type, promote the element qualifiers to the type
2217 // for comparison.
2218 if (isa<ArrayType>(T1) && T1Quals)
2219 T1 = Context.getQualifiedType(UnqualT1, T1Quals);
2220 if (isa<ArrayType>(T2) && T2Quals)
2221 T2 = Context.getQualifiedType(UnqualT2, T2Quals);
2222
2223 // C++ [dcl.init.ref]p4:
2224 // "cv1 T1" is reference-compatible with "cv2 T2" if T1 is
2225 // reference-related to T2 and cv1 is the same cv-qualification
2226 // as, or greater cv-qualification than, cv2. For purposes of
2227 // overload resolution, cases for which cv1 is greater
2228 // cv-qualification than cv2 are identified as
2229 // reference-compatible with added qualification (see 13.3.3.2).
2230 if (T1Quals.getCVRQualifiers() == T2Quals.getCVRQualifiers())
2231 return Ref_Compatible;
2232 else if (T1.isMoreQualifiedThan(T2))
2233 return Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification;
2234 else
2235 return Ref_Related;
2236}
2237
2238/// \brief Compute an implicit conversion sequence for reference
2239/// initialization.
2240static ImplicitConversionSequence
2241TryReferenceInit(Sema &S, Expr *&Init, QualType DeclType,
2242 SourceLocation DeclLoc,
2243 bool SuppressUserConversions,
2244 bool AllowExplicit, bool ForceRValue) {
2245 assert(DeclType->isReferenceType() && "Reference init needs a reference");
2246
2247 // Most paths end in a failed conversion.
2248 ImplicitConversionSequence ICS;
2249 ICS.setBad(BadConversionSequence::no_conversion, Init, DeclType);
2250
2251 QualType T1 = DeclType->getAs<ReferenceType>()->getPointeeType();
2252 QualType T2 = Init->getType();
2253
2254 // If the initializer is the address of an overloaded function, try
2255 // to resolve the overloaded function. If all goes well, T2 is the
2256 // type of the resulting function.
2257 if (S.Context.getCanonicalType(T2) == S.Context.OverloadTy) {
2258 DeclAccessPair Found;
2259 if (FunctionDecl *Fn = S.ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(Init, DeclType,
2260 false, Found))
2261 T2 = Fn->getType();
2262 }
2263
2264 // Compute some basic properties of the types and the initializer.
2265 bool isRValRef = DeclType->isRValueReferenceType();
2266 bool DerivedToBase = false;
2267 Expr::isLvalueResult InitLvalue = ForceRValue ? Expr::LV_InvalidExpression :
2268 Init->isLvalue(S.Context);
2269 Sema::ReferenceCompareResult RefRelationship
2270 = S.CompareReferenceRelationship(DeclLoc, T1, T2, DerivedToBase);
2271
2272 // C++ [dcl.init.ref]p5:
2273 // A reference to type "cv1 T1" is initialized by an expression
2274 // of type "cv2 T2" as follows:
2275
2276 // -- If the initializer expression
2277
2278 // C++ [over.ics.ref]p3:
2279 // Except for an implicit object parameter, for which see 13.3.1,
2280 // a standard conversion sequence cannot be formed if it requires
2281 // binding an lvalue reference to non-const to an rvalue or
2282 // binding an rvalue reference to an lvalue.
2283 if (isRValRef && InitLvalue == Expr::LV_Valid)
2284 return ICS;
2285
2286 // -- is an lvalue (but is not a bit-field), and "cv1 T1" is
2287 // reference-compatible with "cv2 T2," or
2288 //
2289 // Per C++ [over.ics.ref]p4, we don't check the bit-field property here.
2290 if (InitLvalue == Expr::LV_Valid &&
2291 RefRelationship >= Sema::Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification) {
2292 // C++ [over.ics.ref]p1:
2293 // When a parameter of reference type binds directly (8.5.3)
2294 // to an argument expression, the implicit conversion sequence
2295 // is the identity conversion, unless the argument expression
2296 // has a type that is a derived class of the parameter type,
2297 // in which case the implicit conversion sequence is a
2298 // derived-to-base Conversion (13.3.3.1).
2299 ICS.setStandard();
2300 ICS.Standard.First = ICK_Identity;
2301 ICS.Standard.Second = DerivedToBase? ICK_Derived_To_Base : ICK_Identity;
2302 ICS.Standard.Third = ICK_Identity;
2303 ICS.Standard.FromTypePtr = T2.getAsOpaquePtr();
2304 ICS.Standard.setToType(0, T2);
2305 ICS.Standard.setToType(1, T1);
2306 ICS.Standard.setToType(2, T1);
2307 ICS.Standard.ReferenceBinding = true;
2308 ICS.Standard.DirectBinding = true;
2309 ICS.Standard.RRefBinding = false;
2310 ICS.Standard.CopyConstructor = 0;
2311
2312 // Nothing more to do: the inaccessibility/ambiguity check for
2313 // derived-to-base conversions is suppressed when we're
2314 // computing the implicit conversion sequence (C++
2315 // [over.best.ics]p2).
2316 return ICS;
2317 }
2318
2319 // -- has a class type (i.e., T2 is a class type), where T1 is
2320 // not reference-related to T2, and can be implicitly
2321 // converted to an lvalue of type "cv3 T3," where "cv1 T1"
2322 // is reference-compatible with "cv3 T3" 92) (this
2323 // conversion is selected by enumerating the applicable
2324 // conversion functions (13.3.1.6) and choosing the best
2325 // one through overload resolution (13.3)),
2326 if (!isRValRef && !SuppressUserConversions && T2->isRecordType() &&
2327 !S.RequireCompleteType(DeclLoc, T2, 0) &&
2328 RefRelationship == Sema::Ref_Incompatible) {
2329 CXXRecordDecl *T2RecordDecl
2330 = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(T2->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl());
2331
2332 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(DeclLoc);
2333 const UnresolvedSetImpl *Conversions
2334 = T2RecordDecl->getVisibleConversionFunctions();
2335 for (UnresolvedSetImpl::iterator I = Conversions->begin(),
2336 E = Conversions->end(); I != E; ++I) {
2337 NamedDecl *D = *I;
2338 CXXRecordDecl *ActingDC = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext());
2339 if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D))
2340 D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl();
2341
2342 FunctionTemplateDecl *ConvTemplate
2343 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D);
2344 CXXConversionDecl *Conv;
2345 if (ConvTemplate)
2346 Conv = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(ConvTemplate->getTemplatedDecl());
2347 else
2348 Conv = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(D);
2349
2350 // If the conversion function doesn't return a reference type,
2351 // it can't be considered for this conversion.
2352 if (Conv->getConversionType()->isLValueReferenceType() &&
2353 (AllowExplicit || !Conv->isExplicit())) {
2354 if (ConvTemplate)
2355 S.AddTemplateConversionCandidate(ConvTemplate, I.getPair(), ActingDC,
2356 Init, DeclType, CandidateSet);
2357 else
2358 S.AddConversionCandidate(Conv, I.getPair(), ActingDC, Init,
2359 DeclType, CandidateSet);
2360 }
2361 }
2362
2363 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
2364 switch (S.BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, DeclLoc, Best)) {
2365 case OR_Success:
2366 // C++ [over.ics.ref]p1:
2367 //
2368 // [...] If the parameter binds directly to the result of
2369 // applying a conversion function to the argument
2370 // expression, the implicit conversion sequence is a
2371 // user-defined conversion sequence (13.3.3.1.2), with the
2372 // second standard conversion sequence either an identity
2373 // conversion or, if the conversion function returns an
2374 // entity of a type that is a derived class of the parameter
2375 // type, a derived-to-base Conversion.
2376 if (!Best->FinalConversion.DirectBinding)
2377 break;
2378
2379 ICS.setUserDefined();
2380 ICS.UserDefined.Before = Best->Conversions[0].Standard;
2381 ICS.UserDefined.After = Best->FinalConversion;
2382 ICS.UserDefined.ConversionFunction = Best->Function;
2383 ICS.UserDefined.EllipsisConversion = false;
2384 assert(ICS.UserDefined.After.ReferenceBinding &&
2385 ICS.UserDefined.After.DirectBinding &&
2386 "Expected a direct reference binding!");
2387 return ICS;
2388
2389 case OR_Ambiguous:
2390 ICS.setAmbiguous();
2391 for (OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Cand = CandidateSet.begin();
2392 Cand != CandidateSet.end(); ++Cand)
2393 if (Cand->Viable)
2394 ICS.Ambiguous.addConversion(Cand->Function);
2395 return ICS;
2396
2397 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
2398 case OR_Deleted:
2399 // There was no suitable conversion, or we found a deleted
2400 // conversion; continue with other checks.
2401 break;
2402 }
2403 }
2404
2405 // -- Otherwise, the reference shall be to a non-volatile const
2406 // type (i.e., cv1 shall be const), or the reference shall be an
2407 // rvalue reference and the initializer expression shall be an rvalue.
2408 if (!isRValRef && T1.getCVRQualifiers() != Qualifiers::Const)
2409 return ICS;
2410
2411 // -- If the initializer expression is an rvalue, with T2 a
2412 // class type, and "cv1 T1" is reference-compatible with
2413 // "cv2 T2," the reference is bound in one of the
2414 // following ways (the choice is implementation-defined):
2415 //
2416 // -- The reference is bound to the object represented by
2417 // the rvalue (see 3.10) or to a sub-object within that
2418 // object.
2419 //
2420 // -- A temporary of type "cv1 T2" [sic] is created, and
2421 // a constructor is called to copy the entire rvalue
2422 // object into the temporary. The reference is bound to
2423 // the temporary or to a sub-object within the
2424 // temporary.
2425 //
2426 // The constructor that would be used to make the copy
2427 // shall be callable whether or not the copy is actually
2428 // done.
2429 //
2430 // Note that C++0x [dcl.init.ref]p5 takes away this implementation
2431 // freedom, so we will always take the first option and never build
2432 // a temporary in this case.
2433 if (InitLvalue != Expr::LV_Valid && T2->isRecordType() &&
2434 RefRelationship >= Sema::Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification) {
2435 ICS.setStandard();
2436 ICS.Standard.First = ICK_Identity;
2437 ICS.Standard.Second = DerivedToBase? ICK_Derived_To_Base : ICK_Identity;
2438 ICS.Standard.Third = ICK_Identity;
2439 ICS.Standard.FromTypePtr = T2.getAsOpaquePtr();
2440 ICS.Standard.setToType(0, T2);
2441 ICS.Standard.setToType(1, T1);
2442 ICS.Standard.setToType(2, T1);
2443 ICS.Standard.ReferenceBinding = true;
2444 ICS.Standard.DirectBinding = false;
2445 ICS.Standard.RRefBinding = isRValRef;
2446 ICS.Standard.CopyConstructor = 0;
2447 return ICS;
2448 }
2449
2450 // -- Otherwise, a temporary of type "cv1 T1" is created and
2451 // initialized from the initializer expression using the
2452 // rules for a non-reference copy initialization (8.5). The
2453 // reference is then bound to the temporary. If T1 is
2454 // reference-related to T2, cv1 must be the same
2455 // cv-qualification as, or greater cv-qualification than,
2456 // cv2; otherwise, the program is ill-formed.
2457 if (RefRelationship == Sema::Ref_Related) {
2458 // If cv1 == cv2 or cv1 is a greater cv-qualified than cv2, then
2459 // we would be reference-compatible or reference-compatible with
2460 // added qualification. But that wasn't the case, so the reference
2461 // initialization fails.
2462 return ICS;
2463 }
2464
2465 // If at least one of the types is a class type, the types are not
2466 // related, and we aren't allowed any user conversions, the
2467 // reference binding fails. This case is important for breaking
2468 // recursion, since TryImplicitConversion below will attempt to
2469 // create a temporary through the use of a copy constructor.
2470 if (SuppressUserConversions && RefRelationship == Sema::Ref_Incompatible &&
2471 (T1->isRecordType() || T2->isRecordType()))
2472 return ICS;
2473
2474 // C++ [over.ics.ref]p2:
2475 //
2476 // When a parameter of reference type is not bound directly to
2477 // an argument expression, the conversion sequence is the one
2478 // required to convert the argument expression to the
2479 // underlying type of the reference according to
2480 // 13.3.3.1. Conceptually, this conversion sequence corresponds
2481 // to copy-initializing a temporary of the underlying type with
2482 // the argument expression. Any difference in top-level
2483 // cv-qualification is subsumed by the initialization itself
2484 // and does not constitute a conversion.
2485 ICS = S.TryImplicitConversion(Init, T1, SuppressUserConversions,
2486 /*AllowExplicit=*/false,
2487 /*ForceRValue=*/false,
2488 /*InOverloadResolution=*/false);
2489
2490 // Of course, that's still a reference binding.
2491 if (ICS.isStandard()) {
2492 ICS.Standard.ReferenceBinding = true;
2493 ICS.Standard.RRefBinding = isRValRef;
2494 } else if (ICS.isUserDefined()) {
2495 ICS.UserDefined.After.ReferenceBinding = true;
2496 ICS.UserDefined.After.RRefBinding = isRValRef;
2497 }
2498 return ICS;
2499}
2500
Douglas Gregor8e1cf602008-10-29 00:13:59 +00002501/// TryCopyInitialization - Try to copy-initialize a value of type
2502/// ToType from the expression From. Return the implicit conversion
2503/// sequence required to pass this argument, which may be a bad
2504/// conversion sequence (meaning that the argument cannot be passed to
Douglas Gregor2fe98832008-11-03 19:09:14 +00002505/// a parameter of this type). If @p SuppressUserConversions, then we
Sebastian Redl42e92c42009-04-12 17:16:29 +00002506/// do not permit any user-defined conversion sequences. If @p ForceRValue,
2507/// then we treat @p From as an rvalue, even if it is an lvalue.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002508ImplicitConversionSequence
2509Sema::TryCopyInitialization(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
Anders Carlsson20d13322009-08-27 17:37:39 +00002510 bool SuppressUserConversions, bool ForceRValue,
2511 bool InOverloadResolution) {
Douglas Gregor38ae6ab2010-04-13 16:31:36 +00002512 if (ToType->isReferenceType())
2513 return TryReferenceInit(*this, From, ToType,
2514 /*FIXME:*/From->getLocStart(),
2515 SuppressUserConversions,
2516 /*AllowExplicit=*/false,
2517 ForceRValue);
2518
2519 return TryImplicitConversion(From, ToType,
2520 SuppressUserConversions,
2521 /*AllowExplicit=*/false,
2522 ForceRValue,
2523 InOverloadResolution);
Douglas Gregor8e1cf602008-10-29 00:13:59 +00002524}
2525
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002526/// TryObjectArgumentInitialization - Try to initialize the object
2527/// parameter of the given member function (@c Method) from the
2528/// expression @p From.
2529ImplicitConversionSequence
John McCall47000992010-01-14 03:28:57 +00002530Sema::TryObjectArgumentInitialization(QualType OrigFromType,
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00002531 CXXMethodDecl *Method,
2532 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext) {
2533 QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(ActingContext);
Sebastian Redl931e0bd2009-11-18 20:55:52 +00002534 // [class.dtor]p2: A destructor can be invoked for a const, volatile or
2535 // const volatile object.
2536 unsigned Quals = isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(Method) ?
2537 Qualifiers::Const | Qualifiers::Volatile : Method->getTypeQualifiers();
2538 QualType ImplicitParamType = Context.getCVRQualifiedType(ClassType, Quals);
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002539
2540 // Set up the conversion sequence as a "bad" conversion, to allow us
2541 // to exit early.
2542 ImplicitConversionSequence ICS;
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002543
2544 // We need to have an object of class type.
John McCall47000992010-01-14 03:28:57 +00002545 QualType FromType = OrigFromType;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002546 if (const PointerType *PT = FromType->getAs<PointerType>())
Anders Carlssonbfdea0f2009-05-01 18:34:30 +00002547 FromType = PT->getPointeeType();
2548
2549 assert(FromType->isRecordType());
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002550
Sebastian Redl931e0bd2009-11-18 20:55:52 +00002551 // The implicit object parameter is has the type "reference to cv X",
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002552 // where X is the class of which the function is a member
2553 // (C++ [over.match.funcs]p4). However, when finding an implicit
2554 // conversion sequence for the argument, we are not allowed to
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002555 // create temporaries or perform user-defined conversions
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002556 // (C++ [over.match.funcs]p5). We perform a simplified version of
2557 // reference binding here, that allows class rvalues to bind to
2558 // non-constant references.
2559
2560 // First check the qualifiers. We don't care about lvalue-vs-rvalue
2561 // with the implicit object parameter (C++ [over.match.funcs]p5).
2562 QualType FromTypeCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(FromType);
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00002563 if (ImplicitParamType.getCVRQualifiers()
2564 != FromTypeCanon.getLocalCVRQualifiers() &&
John McCall6a61b522010-01-13 09:16:55 +00002565 !ImplicitParamType.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(FromTypeCanon)) {
John McCall65eb8792010-02-25 01:37:24 +00002566 ICS.setBad(BadConversionSequence::bad_qualifiers,
2567 OrigFromType, ImplicitParamType);
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002568 return ICS;
John McCall6a61b522010-01-13 09:16:55 +00002569 }
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002570
2571 // Check that we have either the same type or a derived type. It
2572 // affects the conversion rank.
2573 QualType ClassTypeCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType);
John McCall65eb8792010-02-25 01:37:24 +00002574 ImplicitConversionKind SecondKind;
2575 if (ClassTypeCanon == FromTypeCanon.getLocalUnqualifiedType()) {
2576 SecondKind = ICK_Identity;
2577 } else if (IsDerivedFrom(FromType, ClassType))
2578 SecondKind = ICK_Derived_To_Base;
John McCall6a61b522010-01-13 09:16:55 +00002579 else {
John McCall65eb8792010-02-25 01:37:24 +00002580 ICS.setBad(BadConversionSequence::unrelated_class,
2581 FromType, ImplicitParamType);
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002582 return ICS;
John McCall6a61b522010-01-13 09:16:55 +00002583 }
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002584
2585 // Success. Mark this as a reference binding.
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00002586 ICS.setStandard();
John McCall65eb8792010-02-25 01:37:24 +00002587 ICS.Standard.setAsIdentityConversion();
2588 ICS.Standard.Second = SecondKind;
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00002589 ICS.Standard.setFromType(FromType);
Douglas Gregor3edc4d52010-01-27 03:51:04 +00002590 ICS.Standard.setAllToTypes(ImplicitParamType);
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002591 ICS.Standard.ReferenceBinding = true;
2592 ICS.Standard.DirectBinding = true;
Sebastian Redlf69a94a2009-03-29 22:46:24 +00002593 ICS.Standard.RRefBinding = false;
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002594 return ICS;
2595}
2596
2597/// PerformObjectArgumentInitialization - Perform initialization of
2598/// the implicit object parameter for the given Method with the given
2599/// expression.
2600bool
Douglas Gregorcc3f3252010-03-03 23:55:11 +00002601Sema::PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Expr *&From,
2602 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier,
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00002603 NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
Douglas Gregorcc3f3252010-03-03 23:55:11 +00002604 CXXMethodDecl *Method) {
Anders Carlssonbfdea0f2009-05-01 18:34:30 +00002605 QualType FromRecordType, DestType;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002606 QualType ImplicitParamRecordType =
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002607 Method->getThisType(Context)->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002608
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002609 if (const PointerType *PT = From->getType()->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Anders Carlssonbfdea0f2009-05-01 18:34:30 +00002610 FromRecordType = PT->getPointeeType();
2611 DestType = Method->getThisType(Context);
2612 } else {
2613 FromRecordType = From->getType();
2614 DestType = ImplicitParamRecordType;
2615 }
2616
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00002617 // Note that we always use the true parent context when performing
2618 // the actual argument initialization.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002619 ImplicitConversionSequence ICS
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00002620 = TryObjectArgumentInitialization(From->getType(), Method,
2621 Method->getParent());
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00002622 if (ICS.isBad())
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002623 return Diag(From->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002624 diag::err_implicit_object_parameter_init)
Anders Carlssonbfdea0f2009-05-01 18:34:30 +00002625 << ImplicitParamRecordType << FromRecordType << From->getSourceRange();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002626
Douglas Gregorcc3f3252010-03-03 23:55:11 +00002627 if (ICS.Standard.Second == ICK_Derived_To_Base)
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00002628 return PerformObjectMemberConversion(From, Qualifier, FoundDecl, Method);
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002629
Douglas Gregorcc3f3252010-03-03 23:55:11 +00002630 if (!Context.hasSameType(From->getType(), DestType))
2631 ImpCastExprToType(From, DestType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp,
2632 /*isLvalue=*/!From->getType()->getAs<PointerType>());
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002633 return false;
2634}
2635
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00002636/// TryContextuallyConvertToBool - Attempt to contextually convert the
2637/// expression From to bool (C++0x [conv]p3).
2638ImplicitConversionSequence Sema::TryContextuallyConvertToBool(Expr *From) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002639 return TryImplicitConversion(From, Context.BoolTy,
Anders Carlssonef4c7212009-08-27 17:24:15 +00002640 // FIXME: Are these flags correct?
2641 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002642 /*AllowExplicit=*/true,
Anders Carlsson228eea32009-08-28 15:33:32 +00002643 /*ForceRValue=*/false,
2644 /*InOverloadResolution=*/false);
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00002645}
2646
2647/// PerformContextuallyConvertToBool - Perform a contextual conversion
2648/// of the expression From to bool (C++0x [conv]p3).
2649bool Sema::PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(Expr *&From) {
2650 ImplicitConversionSequence ICS = TryContextuallyConvertToBool(From);
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00002651 if (!ICS.isBad())
2652 return PerformImplicitConversion(From, Context.BoolTy, ICS, AA_Converting);
Fariborz Jahanianf0647a52009-09-22 20:24:30 +00002653
Fariborz Jahanian76197412009-11-18 18:26:29 +00002654 if (!DiagnoseMultipleUserDefinedConversion(From, Context.BoolTy))
Fariborz Jahanianf0647a52009-09-22 20:24:30 +00002655 return Diag(From->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2656 diag::err_typecheck_bool_condition)
2657 << From->getType() << From->getSourceRange();
2658 return true;
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00002659}
2660
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002661/// AddOverloadCandidate - Adds the given function to the set of
Douglas Gregor2fe98832008-11-03 19:09:14 +00002662/// candidate functions, using the given function call arguments. If
2663/// @p SuppressUserConversions, then don't allow user-defined
2664/// conversions via constructors or conversion operators.
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002665///
2666/// \para PartialOverloading true if we are performing "partial" overloading
2667/// based on an incomplete set of function arguments. This feature is used by
2668/// code completion.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002669void
2670Sema::AddOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Function,
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00002671 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002672 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor2fe98832008-11-03 19:09:14 +00002673 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
Sebastian Redl42e92c42009-04-12 17:16:29 +00002674 bool SuppressUserConversions,
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002675 bool PartialOverloading) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002676 const FunctionProtoType* Proto
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002677 = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(Function->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>());
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002678 assert(Proto && "Functions without a prototype cannot be overloaded");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002679 assert(!Function->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() &&
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002680 "Use AddTemplateOverloadCandidate for function templates");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002681
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002682 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Function)) {
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00002683 if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method)) {
2684 // If we get here, it's because we're calling a member function
2685 // that is named without a member access expression (e.g.,
2686 // "this->f") that was either written explicitly or created
2687 // implicitly. This can happen with a qualified call to a member
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00002688 // function, e.g., X::f(). We use an empty type for the implied
2689 // object argument (C++ [over.call.func]p3), and the acting context
2690 // is irrelevant.
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00002691 AddMethodCandidate(Method, FoundDecl, Method->getParent(),
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00002692 QualType(), Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet,
Douglas Gregorf1e46692010-04-16 17:33:27 +00002693 SuppressUserConversions);
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00002694 return;
2695 }
2696 // We treat a constructor like a non-member function, since its object
2697 // argument doesn't participate in overload resolution.
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002698 }
2699
Douglas Gregorff7028a2009-11-13 23:59:09 +00002700 if (!CandidateSet.isNewCandidate(Function))
Douglas Gregor5b0f2a22009-09-28 04:47:19 +00002701 return;
Douglas Gregorffe14e32009-11-14 01:20:54 +00002702
Douglas Gregor27381f32009-11-23 12:27:39 +00002703 // Overload resolution is always an unevaluated context.
2704 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated(*this, Action::Unevaluated);
2705
Douglas Gregorffe14e32009-11-14 01:20:54 +00002706 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Function)){
2707 // C++ [class.copy]p3:
2708 // A member function template is never instantiated to perform the copy
2709 // of a class object to an object of its class type.
2710 QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Constructor->getParent());
2711 if (NumArgs == 1 &&
2712 Constructor->isCopyConstructorLikeSpecialization() &&
Douglas Gregor901e7172010-02-21 18:30:38 +00002713 (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ClassType, Args[0]->getType()) ||
2714 IsDerivedFrom(Args[0]->getType(), ClassType)))
Douglas Gregorffe14e32009-11-14 01:20:54 +00002715 return;
2716 }
2717
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002718 // Add this candidate
2719 CandidateSet.push_back(OverloadCandidate());
2720 OverloadCandidate& Candidate = CandidateSet.back();
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00002721 Candidate.FoundDecl = FoundDecl;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002722 Candidate.Function = Function;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002723 Candidate.Viable = true;
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00002724 Candidate.IsSurrogate = false;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002725 Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = false;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002726
2727 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
2728
2729 // (C++ 13.3.2p2): A candidate function having fewer than m
2730 // parameters is viable only if it has an ellipsis in its parameter
2731 // list (8.3.5).
Douglas Gregor2a920012009-09-23 14:56:09 +00002732 if ((NumArgs + (PartialOverloading && NumArgs)) > NumArgsInProto &&
2733 !Proto->isVariadic()) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002734 Candidate.Viable = false;
John McCall6a61b522010-01-13 09:16:55 +00002735 Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_too_many_arguments;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002736 return;
2737 }
2738
2739 // (C++ 13.3.2p2): A candidate function having more than m parameters
2740 // is viable only if the (m+1)st parameter has a default argument
2741 // (8.3.6). For the purposes of overload resolution, the
2742 // parameter list is truncated on the right, so that there are
2743 // exactly m parameters.
2744 unsigned MinRequiredArgs = Function->getMinRequiredArguments();
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002745 if (NumArgs < MinRequiredArgs && !PartialOverloading) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002746 // Not enough arguments.
2747 Candidate.Viable = false;
John McCall6a61b522010-01-13 09:16:55 +00002748 Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_too_few_arguments;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002749 return;
2750 }
2751
2752 // Determine the implicit conversion sequences for each of the
2753 // arguments.
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002754 Candidate.Conversions.resize(NumArgs);
2755 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) {
2756 if (ArgIdx < NumArgsInProto) {
2757 // (C++ 13.3.2p3): for F to be a viable function, there shall
2758 // exist for each argument an implicit conversion sequence
2759 // (13.3.3.1) that converts that argument to the corresponding
2760 // parameter of F.
2761 QualType ParamType = Proto->getArgType(ArgIdx);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002762 Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx]
2763 = TryCopyInitialization(Args[ArgIdx], ParamType,
Douglas Gregorb05275a2010-04-16 17:41:49 +00002764 SuppressUserConversions,
2765 /*ForceRValue=*/false,
Anders Carlsson20d13322009-08-27 17:37:39 +00002766 /*InOverloadResolution=*/true);
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00002767 if (Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx].isBad()) {
2768 Candidate.Viable = false;
John McCall6a61b522010-01-13 09:16:55 +00002769 Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_conversion;
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00002770 break;
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002771 }
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002772 } else {
2773 // (C++ 13.3.2p2): For the purposes of overload resolution, any
2774 // argument for which there is no corresponding parameter is
2775 // considered to ""match the ellipsis" (C+ 13.3.3.1.3).
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00002776 Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx].setEllipsis();
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002777 }
2778 }
2779}
2780
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00002781/// \brief Add all of the function declarations in the given function set to
2782/// the overload canddiate set.
John McCall4c4c1df2010-01-26 03:27:55 +00002783void Sema::AddFunctionCandidates(const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns,
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00002784 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2785 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2786 bool SuppressUserConversions) {
John McCall4c4c1df2010-01-26 03:27:55 +00002787 for (UnresolvedSetIterator F = Fns.begin(), E = Fns.end(); F != E; ++F) {
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00002788 NamedDecl *D = F.getDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl();
2789 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregor5b0f2a22009-09-28 04:47:19 +00002790 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD) && !cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)->isStatic())
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00002791 AddMethodCandidate(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD), F.getPair(),
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00002792 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)->getParent(),
2793 Args[0]->getType(), Args + 1, NumArgs - 1,
Douglas Gregor5b0f2a22009-09-28 04:47:19 +00002794 CandidateSet, SuppressUserConversions);
2795 else
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00002796 AddOverloadCandidate(FD, F.getPair(), Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet,
Douglas Gregor5b0f2a22009-09-28 04:47:19 +00002797 SuppressUserConversions);
2798 } else {
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00002799 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D);
Douglas Gregor5b0f2a22009-09-28 04:47:19 +00002800 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl()) &&
2801 !cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl())->isStatic())
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00002802 AddMethodTemplateCandidate(FunTmpl, F.getPair(),
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00002803 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FunTmpl->getDeclContext()),
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00002804 /*FIXME: explicit args */ 0,
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00002805 Args[0]->getType(), Args + 1, NumArgs - 1,
Douglas Gregor5b0f2a22009-09-28 04:47:19 +00002806 CandidateSet,
Douglas Gregor15448f82009-06-27 21:05:07 +00002807 SuppressUserConversions);
Douglas Gregor5b0f2a22009-09-28 04:47:19 +00002808 else
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00002809 AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FunTmpl, F.getPair(),
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00002810 /*FIXME: explicit args */ 0,
Douglas Gregor5b0f2a22009-09-28 04:47:19 +00002811 Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet,
2812 SuppressUserConversions);
2813 }
Douglas Gregor15448f82009-06-27 21:05:07 +00002814 }
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00002815}
2816
John McCallf0f1cf02009-11-17 07:50:12 +00002817/// AddMethodCandidate - Adds a named decl (which is some kind of
2818/// method) as a method candidate to the given overload set.
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00002819void Sema::AddMethodCandidate(DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00002820 QualType ObjectType,
John McCallf0f1cf02009-11-17 07:50:12 +00002821 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2822 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
Douglas Gregorf1e46692010-04-16 17:33:27 +00002823 bool SuppressUserConversions) {
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00002824 NamedDecl *Decl = FoundDecl.getDecl();
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00002825 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Decl->getDeclContext());
John McCallf0f1cf02009-11-17 07:50:12 +00002826
2827 if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(Decl))
2828 Decl = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Decl)->getTargetDecl();
2829
2830 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(Decl)) {
2831 assert(isa<CXXMethodDecl>(TD->getTemplatedDecl()) &&
2832 "Expected a member function template");
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00002833 AddMethodTemplateCandidate(TD, FoundDecl, ActingContext,
2834 /*ExplicitArgs*/ 0,
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00002835 ObjectType, Args, NumArgs,
John McCallf0f1cf02009-11-17 07:50:12 +00002836 CandidateSet,
Douglas Gregorf1e46692010-04-16 17:33:27 +00002837 SuppressUserConversions);
John McCallf0f1cf02009-11-17 07:50:12 +00002838 } else {
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00002839 AddMethodCandidate(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Decl), FoundDecl, ActingContext,
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00002840 ObjectType, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregorf1e46692010-04-16 17:33:27 +00002841 CandidateSet, SuppressUserConversions);
John McCallf0f1cf02009-11-17 07:50:12 +00002842 }
2843}
2844
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002845/// AddMethodCandidate - Adds the given C++ member function to the set
2846/// of candidate functions, using the given function call arguments
2847/// and the object argument (@c Object). For example, in a call
2848/// @c o.f(a1,a2), @c Object will contain @c o and @c Args will contain
2849/// both @c a1 and @c a2. If @p SuppressUserConversions, then don't
2850/// allow user-defined conversions via constructors or conversion
Douglas Gregorf1e46692010-04-16 17:33:27 +00002851/// operators.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002852void
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00002853Sema::AddMethodCandidate(CXXMethodDecl *Method, DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
John McCallb89836b2010-01-26 01:37:31 +00002854 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, QualType ObjectType,
2855 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002856 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
Douglas Gregorf1e46692010-04-16 17:33:27 +00002857 bool SuppressUserConversions) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002858 const FunctionProtoType* Proto
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002859 = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(Method->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>());
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002860 assert(Proto && "Methods without a prototype cannot be overloaded");
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00002861 assert(!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method) &&
2862 "Use AddOverloadCandidate for constructors");
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002863
Douglas Gregor5b0f2a22009-09-28 04:47:19 +00002864 if (!CandidateSet.isNewCandidate(Method))
2865 return;
2866
Douglas Gregor27381f32009-11-23 12:27:39 +00002867 // Overload resolution is always an unevaluated context.
2868 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated(*this, Action::Unevaluated);
2869
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002870 // Add this candidate
2871 CandidateSet.push_back(OverloadCandidate());
2872 OverloadCandidate& Candidate = CandidateSet.back();
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00002873 Candidate.FoundDecl = FoundDecl;
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002874 Candidate.Function = Method;
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00002875 Candidate.IsSurrogate = false;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002876 Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = false;
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002877
2878 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
2879
2880 // (C++ 13.3.2p2): A candidate function having fewer than m
2881 // parameters is viable only if it has an ellipsis in its parameter
2882 // list (8.3.5).
2883 if (NumArgs > NumArgsInProto && !Proto->isVariadic()) {
2884 Candidate.Viable = false;
John McCall6a61b522010-01-13 09:16:55 +00002885 Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_too_many_arguments;
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002886 return;
2887 }
2888
2889 // (C++ 13.3.2p2): A candidate function having more than m parameters
2890 // is viable only if the (m+1)st parameter has a default argument
2891 // (8.3.6). For the purposes of overload resolution, the
2892 // parameter list is truncated on the right, so that there are
2893 // exactly m parameters.
2894 unsigned MinRequiredArgs = Method->getMinRequiredArguments();
2895 if (NumArgs < MinRequiredArgs) {
2896 // Not enough arguments.
2897 Candidate.Viable = false;
John McCall6a61b522010-01-13 09:16:55 +00002898 Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_too_few_arguments;
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002899 return;
2900 }
2901
2902 Candidate.Viable = true;
2903 Candidate.Conversions.resize(NumArgs + 1);
2904
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00002905 if (Method->isStatic() || ObjectType.isNull())
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002906 // The implicit object argument is ignored.
2907 Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = true;
2908 else {
2909 // Determine the implicit conversion sequence for the object
2910 // parameter.
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00002911 Candidate.Conversions[0]
2912 = TryObjectArgumentInitialization(ObjectType, Method, ActingContext);
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00002913 if (Candidate.Conversions[0].isBad()) {
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002914 Candidate.Viable = false;
John McCall6a61b522010-01-13 09:16:55 +00002915 Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_conversion;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002916 return;
2917 }
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002918 }
2919
2920 // Determine the implicit conversion sequences for each of the
2921 // arguments.
2922 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) {
2923 if (ArgIdx < NumArgsInProto) {
2924 // (C++ 13.3.2p3): for F to be a viable function, there shall
2925 // exist for each argument an implicit conversion sequence
2926 // (13.3.3.1) that converts that argument to the corresponding
2927 // parameter of F.
2928 QualType ParamType = Proto->getArgType(ArgIdx);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002929 Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx + 1]
2930 = TryCopyInitialization(Args[ArgIdx], ParamType,
Douglas Gregorf1e46692010-04-16 17:33:27 +00002931 SuppressUserConversions,
2932 /*ForceRValue=*/false,
Anders Carlsson228eea32009-08-28 15:33:32 +00002933 /*InOverloadResolution=*/true);
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00002934 if (Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx + 1].isBad()) {
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002935 Candidate.Viable = false;
John McCall6a61b522010-01-13 09:16:55 +00002936 Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_conversion;
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002937 break;
2938 }
2939 } else {
2940 // (C++ 13.3.2p2): For the purposes of overload resolution, any
2941 // argument for which there is no corresponding parameter is
2942 // considered to ""match the ellipsis" (C+ 13.3.3.1.3).
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00002943 Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx + 1].setEllipsis();
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002944 }
2945 }
2946}
2947
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00002948/// \brief Add a C++ member function template as a candidate to the candidate
2949/// set, using template argument deduction to produce an appropriate member
2950/// function template specialization.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002951void
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00002952Sema::AddMethodTemplateCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *MethodTmpl,
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00002953 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00002954 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00002955 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00002956 QualType ObjectType,
2957 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00002958 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
Douglas Gregorf1e46692010-04-16 17:33:27 +00002959 bool SuppressUserConversions) {
Douglas Gregor5b0f2a22009-09-28 04:47:19 +00002960 if (!CandidateSet.isNewCandidate(MethodTmpl))
2961 return;
2962
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00002963 // C++ [over.match.funcs]p7:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002964 // In each case where a candidate is a function template, candidate
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00002965 // function template specializations are generated using template argument
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002966 // deduction (14.8.3, 14.8.2). Those candidates are then handled as
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00002967 // candidate functions in the usual way.113) A given name can refer to one
2968 // or more function templates and also to a set of overloaded non-template
2969 // functions. In such a case, the candidate functions generated from each
2970 // function template are combined with the set of non-template candidate
2971 // functions.
John McCallbc077cf2010-02-08 23:07:23 +00002972 TemplateDeductionInfo Info(Context, CandidateSet.getLocation());
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00002973 FunctionDecl *Specialization = 0;
2974 if (TemplateDeductionResult Result
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00002975 = DeduceTemplateArguments(MethodTmpl, ExplicitTemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00002976 Args, NumArgs, Specialization, Info)) {
2977 // FIXME: Record what happened with template argument deduction, so
2978 // that we can give the user a beautiful diagnostic.
2979 (void)Result;
2980 return;
2981 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002982
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00002983 // Add the function template specialization produced by template argument
2984 // deduction as a candidate.
2985 assert(Specialization && "Missing member function template specialization?");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002986 assert(isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Specialization) &&
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00002987 "Specialization is not a member function?");
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00002988 AddMethodCandidate(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Specialization), FoundDecl,
John McCallb89836b2010-01-26 01:37:31 +00002989 ActingContext, ObjectType, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregorf1e46692010-04-16 17:33:27 +00002990 CandidateSet, SuppressUserConversions);
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00002991}
2992
Douglas Gregor05155d82009-08-21 23:19:43 +00002993/// \brief Add a C++ function template specialization as a candidate
2994/// in the candidate set, using template argument deduction to produce
2995/// an appropriate function template specialization.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002996void
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002997Sema::AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00002998 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00002999 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00003000 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
3001 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
Douglas Gregorf1e46692010-04-16 17:33:27 +00003002 bool SuppressUserConversions) {
Douglas Gregor5b0f2a22009-09-28 04:47:19 +00003003 if (!CandidateSet.isNewCandidate(FunctionTemplate))
3004 return;
3005
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00003006 // C++ [over.match.funcs]p7:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003007 // In each case where a candidate is a function template, candidate
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00003008 // function template specializations are generated using template argument
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003009 // deduction (14.8.3, 14.8.2). Those candidates are then handled as
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00003010 // candidate functions in the usual way.113) A given name can refer to one
3011 // or more function templates and also to a set of overloaded non-template
3012 // functions. In such a case, the candidate functions generated from each
3013 // function template are combined with the set of non-template candidate
3014 // functions.
John McCallbc077cf2010-02-08 23:07:23 +00003015 TemplateDeductionInfo Info(Context, CandidateSet.getLocation());
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00003016 FunctionDecl *Specialization = 0;
3017 if (TemplateDeductionResult Result
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00003018 = DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplate, ExplicitTemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregor89026b52009-06-30 23:57:56 +00003019 Args, NumArgs, Specialization, Info)) {
John McCalld681c392009-12-16 08:11:27 +00003020 CandidateSet.push_back(OverloadCandidate());
3021 OverloadCandidate &Candidate = CandidateSet.back();
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00003022 Candidate.FoundDecl = FoundDecl;
John McCalld681c392009-12-16 08:11:27 +00003023 Candidate.Function = FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl();
3024 Candidate.Viable = false;
John McCall6a61b522010-01-13 09:16:55 +00003025 Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_deduction;
John McCalld681c392009-12-16 08:11:27 +00003026 Candidate.IsSurrogate = false;
3027 Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = false;
John McCall8b9ed552010-02-01 18:53:26 +00003028
3029 // TODO: record more information about failed template arguments
3030 Candidate.DeductionFailure.Result = Result;
3031 Candidate.DeductionFailure.TemplateParameter = Info.Param.getOpaqueValue();
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00003032 return;
3033 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003034
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00003035 // Add the function template specialization produced by template argument
3036 // deduction as a candidate.
3037 assert(Specialization && "Missing function template specialization?");
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00003038 AddOverloadCandidate(Specialization, FoundDecl, Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet,
Douglas Gregorf1e46692010-04-16 17:33:27 +00003039 SuppressUserConversions);
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00003040}
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003041
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00003042/// AddConversionCandidate - Add a C++ conversion function as a
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003043/// candidate in the candidate set (C++ [over.match.conv],
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00003044/// C++ [over.match.copy]). From is the expression we're converting from,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003045/// and ToType is the type that we're eventually trying to convert to
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00003046/// (which may or may not be the same type as the type that the
3047/// conversion function produces).
3048void
3049Sema::AddConversionCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion,
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00003050 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00003051 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00003052 Expr *From, QualType ToType,
3053 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet) {
Douglas Gregor05155d82009-08-21 23:19:43 +00003054 assert(!Conversion->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() &&
3055 "Conversion function templates use AddTemplateConversionCandidate");
3056
Douglas Gregor5b0f2a22009-09-28 04:47:19 +00003057 if (!CandidateSet.isNewCandidate(Conversion))
3058 return;
3059
Douglas Gregor27381f32009-11-23 12:27:39 +00003060 // Overload resolution is always an unevaluated context.
3061 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated(*this, Action::Unevaluated);
3062
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00003063 // Add this candidate
3064 CandidateSet.push_back(OverloadCandidate());
3065 OverloadCandidate& Candidate = CandidateSet.back();
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00003066 Candidate.FoundDecl = FoundDecl;
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00003067 Candidate.Function = Conversion;
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00003068 Candidate.IsSurrogate = false;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003069 Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = false;
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00003070 Candidate.FinalConversion.setAsIdentityConversion();
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00003071 Candidate.FinalConversion.setFromType(Conversion->getConversionType());
Douglas Gregor3edc4d52010-01-27 03:51:04 +00003072 Candidate.FinalConversion.setAllToTypes(ToType);
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00003073
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00003074 // Determine the implicit conversion sequence for the implicit
3075 // object parameter.
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00003076 Candidate.Viable = true;
3077 Candidate.Conversions.resize(1);
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00003078 Candidate.Conversions[0]
3079 = TryObjectArgumentInitialization(From->getType(), Conversion,
3080 ActingContext);
Fariborz Jahanianf4061e32009-09-14 20:41:01 +00003081 // Conversion functions to a different type in the base class is visible in
3082 // the derived class. So, a derived to base conversion should not participate
3083 // in overload resolution.
3084 if (Candidate.Conversions[0].Standard.Second == ICK_Derived_To_Base)
3085 Candidate.Conversions[0].Standard.Second = ICK_Identity;
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00003086 if (Candidate.Conversions[0].isBad()) {
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00003087 Candidate.Viable = false;
John McCall6a61b522010-01-13 09:16:55 +00003088 Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_conversion;
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00003089 return;
3090 }
Fariborz Jahanian996a6aa2009-10-19 19:18:20 +00003091
3092 // We won't go through a user-define type conversion function to convert a
3093 // derived to base as such conversions are given Conversion Rank. They only
3094 // go through a copy constructor. 13.3.3.1.2-p4 [over.ics.user]
3095 QualType FromCanon
3096 = Context.getCanonicalType(From->getType().getUnqualifiedType());
3097 QualType ToCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(ToType).getUnqualifiedType();
3098 if (FromCanon == ToCanon || IsDerivedFrom(FromCanon, ToCanon)) {
3099 Candidate.Viable = false;
John McCallfe796dd2010-01-23 05:17:32 +00003100 Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_trivial_conversion;
Fariborz Jahanian996a6aa2009-10-19 19:18:20 +00003101 return;
3102 }
3103
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00003104
3105 // To determine what the conversion from the result of calling the
3106 // conversion function to the type we're eventually trying to
3107 // convert to (ToType), we need to synthesize a call to the
3108 // conversion function and attempt copy initialization from it. This
3109 // makes sure that we get the right semantics with respect to
3110 // lvalues/rvalues and the type. Fortunately, we can allocate this
3111 // call on the stack and we don't need its arguments to be
3112 // well-formed.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003113 DeclRefExpr ConversionRef(Conversion, Conversion->getType(),
Douglas Gregore8f080122009-11-17 21:16:22 +00003114 From->getLocStart());
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00003115 ImplicitCastExpr ConversionFn(Context.getPointerType(Conversion->getType()),
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003116 CastExpr::CK_FunctionToPointerDecay,
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003117 &ConversionRef, false);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003118
3119 // Note that it is safe to allocate CallExpr on the stack here because
Ted Kremenekd7b4f402009-02-09 20:51:47 +00003120 // there are 0 arguments (i.e., nothing is allocated using ASTContext's
3121 // allocator).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003122 CallExpr Call(Context, &ConversionFn, 0, 0,
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00003123 Conversion->getConversionType().getNonReferenceType(),
Douglas Gregore8f080122009-11-17 21:16:22 +00003124 From->getLocStart());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003125 ImplicitConversionSequence ICS =
3126 TryCopyInitialization(&Call, ToType,
Anders Carlsson03068aa2009-08-27 17:18:13 +00003127 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/true,
Anders Carlsson20d13322009-08-27 17:37:39 +00003128 /*ForceRValue=*/false,
3129 /*InOverloadResolution=*/false);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003130
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00003131 switch (ICS.getKind()) {
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00003132 case ImplicitConversionSequence::StandardConversion:
3133 Candidate.FinalConversion = ICS.Standard;
Douglas Gregor2c326bc2010-04-12 23:42:09 +00003134
3135 // C++ [over.ics.user]p3:
3136 // If the user-defined conversion is specified by a specialization of a
3137 // conversion function template, the second standard conversion sequence
3138 // shall have exact match rank.
3139 if (Conversion->getPrimaryTemplate() &&
3140 GetConversionRank(ICS.Standard.Second) != ICR_Exact_Match) {
3141 Candidate.Viable = false;
3142 Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_final_conversion_not_exact;
3143 }
3144
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00003145 break;
3146
3147 case ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion:
3148 Candidate.Viable = false;
John McCallfe796dd2010-01-23 05:17:32 +00003149 Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_final_conversion;
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00003150 break;
3151
3152 default:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003153 assert(false &&
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00003154 "Can only end up with a standard conversion sequence or failure");
3155 }
3156}
3157
Douglas Gregor05155d82009-08-21 23:19:43 +00003158/// \brief Adds a conversion function template specialization
3159/// candidate to the overload set, using template argument deduction
3160/// to deduce the template arguments of the conversion function
3161/// template from the type that we are converting to (C++
3162/// [temp.deduct.conv]).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003163void
Douglas Gregor05155d82009-08-21 23:19:43 +00003164Sema::AddTemplateConversionCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00003165 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00003166 CXXRecordDecl *ActingDC,
Douglas Gregor05155d82009-08-21 23:19:43 +00003167 Expr *From, QualType ToType,
3168 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet) {
3169 assert(isa<CXXConversionDecl>(FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl()) &&
3170 "Only conversion function templates permitted here");
3171
Douglas Gregor5b0f2a22009-09-28 04:47:19 +00003172 if (!CandidateSet.isNewCandidate(FunctionTemplate))
3173 return;
3174
John McCallbc077cf2010-02-08 23:07:23 +00003175 TemplateDeductionInfo Info(Context, CandidateSet.getLocation());
Douglas Gregor05155d82009-08-21 23:19:43 +00003176 CXXConversionDecl *Specialization = 0;
3177 if (TemplateDeductionResult Result
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003178 = DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplate, ToType,
Douglas Gregor05155d82009-08-21 23:19:43 +00003179 Specialization, Info)) {
3180 // FIXME: Record what happened with template argument deduction, so
3181 // that we can give the user a beautiful diagnostic.
3182 (void)Result;
3183 return;
3184 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003185
Douglas Gregor05155d82009-08-21 23:19:43 +00003186 // Add the conversion function template specialization produced by
3187 // template argument deduction as a candidate.
3188 assert(Specialization && "Missing function template specialization?");
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00003189 AddConversionCandidate(Specialization, FoundDecl, ActingDC, From, ToType,
John McCallb89836b2010-01-26 01:37:31 +00003190 CandidateSet);
Douglas Gregor05155d82009-08-21 23:19:43 +00003191}
3192
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00003193/// AddSurrogateCandidate - Adds a "surrogate" candidate function that
3194/// converts the given @c Object to a function pointer via the
3195/// conversion function @c Conversion, and then attempts to call it
3196/// with the given arguments (C++ [over.call.object]p2-4). Proto is
3197/// the type of function that we'll eventually be calling.
3198void Sema::AddSurrogateCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion,
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00003199 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00003200 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00003201 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00003202 QualType ObjectType,
3203 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00003204 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet) {
Douglas Gregor5b0f2a22009-09-28 04:47:19 +00003205 if (!CandidateSet.isNewCandidate(Conversion))
3206 return;
3207
Douglas Gregor27381f32009-11-23 12:27:39 +00003208 // Overload resolution is always an unevaluated context.
3209 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated(*this, Action::Unevaluated);
3210
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00003211 CandidateSet.push_back(OverloadCandidate());
3212 OverloadCandidate& Candidate = CandidateSet.back();
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00003213 Candidate.FoundDecl = FoundDecl;
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00003214 Candidate.Function = 0;
3215 Candidate.Surrogate = Conversion;
3216 Candidate.Viable = true;
3217 Candidate.IsSurrogate = true;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003218 Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = false;
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00003219 Candidate.Conversions.resize(NumArgs + 1);
3220
3221 // Determine the implicit conversion sequence for the implicit
3222 // object parameter.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003223 ImplicitConversionSequence ObjectInit
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00003224 = TryObjectArgumentInitialization(ObjectType, Conversion, ActingContext);
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00003225 if (ObjectInit.isBad()) {
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00003226 Candidate.Viable = false;
John McCall6a61b522010-01-13 09:16:55 +00003227 Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_conversion;
John McCallfe796dd2010-01-23 05:17:32 +00003228 Candidate.Conversions[0] = ObjectInit;
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00003229 return;
3230 }
3231
3232 // The first conversion is actually a user-defined conversion whose
3233 // first conversion is ObjectInit's standard conversion (which is
3234 // effectively a reference binding). Record it as such.
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00003235 Candidate.Conversions[0].setUserDefined();
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00003236 Candidate.Conversions[0].UserDefined.Before = ObjectInit.Standard;
Fariborz Jahanian55824512009-11-06 00:23:08 +00003237 Candidate.Conversions[0].UserDefined.EllipsisConversion = false;
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00003238 Candidate.Conversions[0].UserDefined.ConversionFunction = Conversion;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003239 Candidate.Conversions[0].UserDefined.After
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00003240 = Candidate.Conversions[0].UserDefined.Before;
3241 Candidate.Conversions[0].UserDefined.After.setAsIdentityConversion();
3242
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003243 // Find the
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00003244 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
3245
3246 // (C++ 13.3.2p2): A candidate function having fewer than m
3247 // parameters is viable only if it has an ellipsis in its parameter
3248 // list (8.3.5).
3249 if (NumArgs > NumArgsInProto && !Proto->isVariadic()) {
3250 Candidate.Viable = false;
John McCall6a61b522010-01-13 09:16:55 +00003251 Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_too_many_arguments;
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00003252 return;
3253 }
3254
3255 // Function types don't have any default arguments, so just check if
3256 // we have enough arguments.
3257 if (NumArgs < NumArgsInProto) {
3258 // Not enough arguments.
3259 Candidate.Viable = false;
John McCall6a61b522010-01-13 09:16:55 +00003260 Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_too_few_arguments;
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00003261 return;
3262 }
3263
3264 // Determine the implicit conversion sequences for each of the
3265 // arguments.
3266 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) {
3267 if (ArgIdx < NumArgsInProto) {
3268 // (C++ 13.3.2p3): for F to be a viable function, there shall
3269 // exist for each argument an implicit conversion sequence
3270 // (13.3.3.1) that converts that argument to the corresponding
3271 // parameter of F.
3272 QualType ParamType = Proto->getArgType(ArgIdx);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003273 Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx + 1]
3274 = TryCopyInitialization(Args[ArgIdx], ParamType,
Anders Carlsson03068aa2009-08-27 17:18:13 +00003275 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false,
Anders Carlsson20d13322009-08-27 17:37:39 +00003276 /*ForceRValue=*/false,
3277 /*InOverloadResolution=*/false);
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00003278 if (Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx + 1].isBad()) {
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00003279 Candidate.Viable = false;
John McCall6a61b522010-01-13 09:16:55 +00003280 Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_conversion;
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00003281 break;
3282 }
3283 } else {
3284 // (C++ 13.3.2p2): For the purposes of overload resolution, any
3285 // argument for which there is no corresponding parameter is
3286 // considered to ""match the ellipsis" (C+ 13.3.3.1.3).
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00003287 Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx + 1].setEllipsis();
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00003288 }
3289 }
3290}
3291
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00003292// FIXME: This will eventually be removed, once we've migrated all of the
3293// operator overloading logic over to the scheme used by binary operators, which
3294// works for template instantiation.
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00003295void Sema::AddOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, Scope *S,
Douglas Gregor94eabf32009-02-04 16:44:47 +00003296 SourceLocation OpLoc,
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00003297 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor94eabf32009-02-04 16:44:47 +00003298 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
3299 SourceRange OpRange) {
John McCall4c4c1df2010-01-26 03:27:55 +00003300 UnresolvedSet<16> Fns;
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00003301
3302 QualType T1 = Args[0]->getType();
3303 QualType T2;
3304 if (NumArgs > 1)
3305 T2 = Args[1]->getType();
3306
3307 DeclarationName OpName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Op);
Douglas Gregor7a77a6b2009-05-19 00:01:19 +00003308 if (S)
John McCall4c4c1df2010-01-26 03:27:55 +00003309 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(Op, S, T1, T2, Fns);
3310 AddFunctionCandidates(Fns, Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet, false);
3311 AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(OpName, false, Args, NumArgs, 0,
3312 CandidateSet);
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00003313 AddMemberOperatorCandidates(Op, OpLoc, Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet, OpRange);
Douglas Gregorc02cfe22009-10-21 23:19:44 +00003314 AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(Op, OpLoc, Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet);
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00003315}
3316
3317/// \brief Add overload candidates for overloaded operators that are
3318/// member functions.
3319///
3320/// Add the overloaded operator candidates that are member functions
3321/// for the operator Op that was used in an operator expression such
3322/// as "x Op y". , Args/NumArgs provides the operator arguments, and
3323/// CandidateSet will store the added overload candidates. (C++
3324/// [over.match.oper]).
3325void Sema::AddMemberOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op,
3326 SourceLocation OpLoc,
3327 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
3328 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
3329 SourceRange OpRange) {
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00003330 DeclarationName OpName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Op);
3331
3332 // C++ [over.match.oper]p3:
3333 // For a unary operator @ with an operand of a type whose
3334 // cv-unqualified version is T1, and for a binary operator @ with
3335 // a left operand of a type whose cv-unqualified version is T1 and
3336 // a right operand of a type whose cv-unqualified version is T2,
3337 // three sets of candidate functions, designated member
3338 // candidates, non-member candidates and built-in candidates, are
3339 // constructed as follows:
3340 QualType T1 = Args[0]->getType();
3341 QualType T2;
3342 if (NumArgs > 1)
3343 T2 = Args[1]->getType();
3344
3345 // -- If T1 is a class type, the set of member candidates is the
3346 // result of the qualified lookup of T1::operator@
3347 // (13.3.1.1.1); otherwise, the set of member candidates is
3348 // empty.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003349 if (const RecordType *T1Rec = T1->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Douglas Gregor6a1f9652009-08-27 23:35:55 +00003350 // Complete the type if it can be completed. Otherwise, we're done.
Anders Carlsson7f84ed92009-10-09 23:51:55 +00003351 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, T1, PDiag()))
Douglas Gregor6a1f9652009-08-27 23:35:55 +00003352 return;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003353
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00003354 LookupResult Operators(*this, OpName, OpLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
3355 LookupQualifiedName(Operators, T1Rec->getDecl());
3356 Operators.suppressDiagnostics();
3357
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003358 for (LookupResult::iterator Oper = Operators.begin(),
Douglas Gregor6a1f9652009-08-27 23:35:55 +00003359 OperEnd = Operators.end();
3360 Oper != OperEnd;
John McCallf0f1cf02009-11-17 07:50:12 +00003361 ++Oper)
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00003362 AddMethodCandidate(Oper.getPair(), Args[0]->getType(),
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00003363 Args + 1, NumArgs - 1, CandidateSet,
John McCallf0f1cf02009-11-17 07:50:12 +00003364 /* SuppressUserConversions = */ false);
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00003365 }
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00003366}
3367
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003368/// AddBuiltinCandidate - Add a candidate for a built-in
3369/// operator. ResultTy and ParamTys are the result and parameter types
3370/// of the built-in candidate, respectively. Args and NumArgs are the
Douglas Gregorc5e61072009-01-13 00:52:54 +00003371/// arguments being passed to the candidate. IsAssignmentOperator
3372/// should be true when this built-in candidate is an assignment
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003373/// operator. NumContextualBoolArguments is the number of arguments
3374/// (at the beginning of the argument list) that will be contextually
3375/// converted to bool.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003376void Sema::AddBuiltinCandidate(QualType ResultTy, QualType *ParamTys,
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003377 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
Douglas Gregorc5e61072009-01-13 00:52:54 +00003378 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003379 bool IsAssignmentOperator,
3380 unsigned NumContextualBoolArguments) {
Douglas Gregor27381f32009-11-23 12:27:39 +00003381 // Overload resolution is always an unevaluated context.
3382 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated(*this, Action::Unevaluated);
3383
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003384 // Add this candidate
3385 CandidateSet.push_back(OverloadCandidate());
3386 OverloadCandidate& Candidate = CandidateSet.back();
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00003387 Candidate.FoundDecl = DeclAccessPair::make(0, AS_none);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003388 Candidate.Function = 0;
Douglas Gregor1d248c52008-12-12 02:00:36 +00003389 Candidate.IsSurrogate = false;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003390 Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = false;
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003391 Candidate.BuiltinTypes.ResultTy = ResultTy;
3392 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx)
3393 Candidate.BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[ArgIdx] = ParamTys[ArgIdx];
3394
3395 // Determine the implicit conversion sequences for each of the
3396 // arguments.
3397 Candidate.Viable = true;
3398 Candidate.Conversions.resize(NumArgs);
3399 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) {
Douglas Gregorc5e61072009-01-13 00:52:54 +00003400 // C++ [over.match.oper]p4:
3401 // For the built-in assignment operators, conversions of the
3402 // left operand are restricted as follows:
3403 // -- no temporaries are introduced to hold the left operand, and
3404 // -- no user-defined conversions are applied to the left
3405 // operand to achieve a type match with the left-most
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003406 // parameter of a built-in candidate.
Douglas Gregorc5e61072009-01-13 00:52:54 +00003407 //
3408 // We block these conversions by turning off user-defined
3409 // conversions, since that is the only way that initialization of
3410 // a reference to a non-class type can occur from something that
3411 // is not of the same type.
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003412 if (ArgIdx < NumContextualBoolArguments) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003413 assert(ParamTys[ArgIdx] == Context.BoolTy &&
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003414 "Contextual conversion to bool requires bool type");
3415 Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx] = TryContextuallyConvertToBool(Args[ArgIdx]);
3416 } else {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003417 Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx]
3418 = TryCopyInitialization(Args[ArgIdx], ParamTys[ArgIdx],
Anders Carlsson03068aa2009-08-27 17:18:13 +00003419 ArgIdx == 0 && IsAssignmentOperator,
Anders Carlsson20d13322009-08-27 17:37:39 +00003420 /*ForceRValue=*/false,
3421 /*InOverloadResolution=*/false);
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003422 }
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00003423 if (Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx].isBad()) {
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003424 Candidate.Viable = false;
John McCall6a61b522010-01-13 09:16:55 +00003425 Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_conversion;
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00003426 break;
3427 }
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003428 }
3429}
3430
3431/// BuiltinCandidateTypeSet - A set of types that will be used for the
3432/// candidate operator functions for built-in operators (C++
3433/// [over.built]). The types are separated into pointer types and
3434/// enumeration types.
3435class BuiltinCandidateTypeSet {
3436 /// TypeSet - A set of types.
Chris Lattnera59a3e22009-03-29 00:04:01 +00003437 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<QualType, 8> TypeSet;
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003438
3439 /// PointerTypes - The set of pointer types that will be used in the
3440 /// built-in candidates.
3441 TypeSet PointerTypes;
3442
Sebastian Redl8ce189f2009-04-19 21:53:20 +00003443 /// MemberPointerTypes - The set of member pointer types that will be
3444 /// used in the built-in candidates.
3445 TypeSet MemberPointerTypes;
3446
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003447 /// EnumerationTypes - The set of enumeration types that will be
3448 /// used in the built-in candidates.
3449 TypeSet EnumerationTypes;
3450
Douglas Gregor8a2e6012009-08-24 15:23:48 +00003451 /// Sema - The semantic analysis instance where we are building the
3452 /// candidate type set.
3453 Sema &SemaRef;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003454
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003455 /// Context - The AST context in which we will build the type sets.
3456 ASTContext &Context;
3457
Fariborz Jahanianb06ec052009-10-16 22:08:05 +00003458 bool AddPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants(QualType Ty,
3459 const Qualifiers &VisibleQuals);
Sebastian Redl8ce189f2009-04-19 21:53:20 +00003460 bool AddMemberPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants(QualType Ty);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003461
3462public:
3463 /// iterator - Iterates through the types that are part of the set.
Chris Lattnera59a3e22009-03-29 00:04:01 +00003464 typedef TypeSet::iterator iterator;
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003465
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003466 BuiltinCandidateTypeSet(Sema &SemaRef)
Douglas Gregor8a2e6012009-08-24 15:23:48 +00003467 : SemaRef(SemaRef), Context(SemaRef.Context) { }
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003468
Douglas Gregorc02cfe22009-10-21 23:19:44 +00003469 void AddTypesConvertedFrom(QualType Ty,
3470 SourceLocation Loc,
3471 bool AllowUserConversions,
Fariborz Jahanian3b937fa2009-10-15 17:14:05 +00003472 bool AllowExplicitConversions,
3473 const Qualifiers &VisibleTypeConversionsQuals);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003474
3475 /// pointer_begin - First pointer type found;
3476 iterator pointer_begin() { return PointerTypes.begin(); }
3477
Sebastian Redl8ce189f2009-04-19 21:53:20 +00003478 /// pointer_end - Past the last pointer type found;
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003479 iterator pointer_end() { return PointerTypes.end(); }
3480
Sebastian Redl8ce189f2009-04-19 21:53:20 +00003481 /// member_pointer_begin - First member pointer type found;
3482 iterator member_pointer_begin() { return MemberPointerTypes.begin(); }
3483
3484 /// member_pointer_end - Past the last member pointer type found;
3485 iterator member_pointer_end() { return MemberPointerTypes.end(); }
3486
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003487 /// enumeration_begin - First enumeration type found;
3488 iterator enumeration_begin() { return EnumerationTypes.begin(); }
3489
Sebastian Redl8ce189f2009-04-19 21:53:20 +00003490 /// enumeration_end - Past the last enumeration type found;
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003491 iterator enumeration_end() { return EnumerationTypes.end(); }
3492};
3493
Sebastian Redl8ce189f2009-04-19 21:53:20 +00003494/// AddPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants - Add the pointer type @p Ty to
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003495/// the set of pointer types along with any more-qualified variants of
3496/// that type. For example, if @p Ty is "int const *", this routine
3497/// will add "int const *", "int const volatile *", "int const
3498/// restrict *", and "int const volatile restrict *" to the set of
3499/// pointer types. Returns true if the add of @p Ty itself succeeded,
3500/// false otherwise.
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003501///
3502/// FIXME: what to do about extended qualifiers?
Sebastian Redl8ce189f2009-04-19 21:53:20 +00003503bool
Douglas Gregorc02cfe22009-10-21 23:19:44 +00003504BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::AddPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants(QualType Ty,
3505 const Qualifiers &VisibleQuals) {
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003506
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003507 // Insert this type.
Chris Lattnera59a3e22009-03-29 00:04:01 +00003508 if (!PointerTypes.insert(Ty))
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003509 return false;
3510
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003511 const PointerType *PointerTy = Ty->getAs<PointerType>();
3512 assert(PointerTy && "type was not a pointer type!");
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003513
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003514 QualType PointeeTy = PointerTy->getPointeeType();
Sebastian Redl4990a632009-11-18 20:39:26 +00003515 // Don't add qualified variants of arrays. For one, they're not allowed
3516 // (the qualifier would sink to the element type), and for another, the
3517 // only overload situation where it matters is subscript or pointer +- int,
3518 // and those shouldn't have qualifier variants anyway.
3519 if (PointeeTy->isArrayType())
3520 return true;
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003521 unsigned BaseCVR = PointeeTy.getCVRQualifiers();
Douglas Gregor4ef1d402009-11-09 22:08:55 +00003522 if (const ConstantArrayType *Array =Context.getAsConstantArrayType(PointeeTy))
Fariborz Jahanianfacfdd42009-11-09 21:02:05 +00003523 BaseCVR = Array->getElementType().getCVRQualifiers();
Fariborz Jahanianb06ec052009-10-16 22:08:05 +00003524 bool hasVolatile = VisibleQuals.hasVolatile();
3525 bool hasRestrict = VisibleQuals.hasRestrict();
3526
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003527 // Iterate through all strict supersets of BaseCVR.
3528 for (unsigned CVR = BaseCVR+1; CVR <= Qualifiers::CVRMask; ++CVR) {
3529 if ((CVR | BaseCVR) != CVR) continue;
Fariborz Jahanianb06ec052009-10-16 22:08:05 +00003530 // Skip over Volatile/Restrict if no Volatile/Restrict found anywhere
3531 // in the types.
3532 if ((CVR & Qualifiers::Volatile) && !hasVolatile) continue;
3533 if ((CVR & Qualifiers::Restrict) && !hasRestrict) continue;
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003534 QualType QPointeeTy = Context.getCVRQualifiedType(PointeeTy, CVR);
3535 PointerTypes.insert(Context.getPointerType(QPointeeTy));
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003536 }
3537
3538 return true;
3539}
3540
Sebastian Redl8ce189f2009-04-19 21:53:20 +00003541/// AddMemberPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants - Add the pointer type @p Ty
3542/// to the set of pointer types along with any more-qualified variants of
3543/// that type. For example, if @p Ty is "int const *", this routine
3544/// will add "int const *", "int const volatile *", "int const
3545/// restrict *", and "int const volatile restrict *" to the set of
3546/// pointer types. Returns true if the add of @p Ty itself succeeded,
3547/// false otherwise.
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003548///
3549/// FIXME: what to do about extended qualifiers?
Sebastian Redl8ce189f2009-04-19 21:53:20 +00003550bool
3551BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::AddMemberPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants(
3552 QualType Ty) {
3553 // Insert this type.
3554 if (!MemberPointerTypes.insert(Ty))
3555 return false;
3556
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003557 const MemberPointerType *PointerTy = Ty->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
3558 assert(PointerTy && "type was not a member pointer type!");
Sebastian Redl8ce189f2009-04-19 21:53:20 +00003559
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003560 QualType PointeeTy = PointerTy->getPointeeType();
Sebastian Redl4990a632009-11-18 20:39:26 +00003561 // Don't add qualified variants of arrays. For one, they're not allowed
3562 // (the qualifier would sink to the element type), and for another, the
3563 // only overload situation where it matters is subscript or pointer +- int,
3564 // and those shouldn't have qualifier variants anyway.
3565 if (PointeeTy->isArrayType())
3566 return true;
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003567 const Type *ClassTy = PointerTy->getClass();
3568
3569 // Iterate through all strict supersets of the pointee type's CVR
3570 // qualifiers.
3571 unsigned BaseCVR = PointeeTy.getCVRQualifiers();
3572 for (unsigned CVR = BaseCVR+1; CVR <= Qualifiers::CVRMask; ++CVR) {
3573 if ((CVR | BaseCVR) != CVR) continue;
3574
3575 QualType QPointeeTy = Context.getCVRQualifiedType(PointeeTy, CVR);
3576 MemberPointerTypes.insert(Context.getMemberPointerType(QPointeeTy, ClassTy));
Sebastian Redl8ce189f2009-04-19 21:53:20 +00003577 }
3578
3579 return true;
3580}
3581
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003582/// AddTypesConvertedFrom - Add each of the types to which the type @p
3583/// Ty can be implicit converted to the given set of @p Types. We're
Sebastian Redl8ce189f2009-04-19 21:53:20 +00003584/// primarily interested in pointer types and enumeration types. We also
3585/// take member pointer types, for the conditional operator.
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003586/// AllowUserConversions is true if we should look at the conversion
3587/// functions of a class type, and AllowExplicitConversions if we
3588/// should also include the explicit conversion functions of a class
3589/// type.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003590void
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003591BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::AddTypesConvertedFrom(QualType Ty,
Douglas Gregorc02cfe22009-10-21 23:19:44 +00003592 SourceLocation Loc,
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003593 bool AllowUserConversions,
Fariborz Jahanian3b937fa2009-10-15 17:14:05 +00003594 bool AllowExplicitConversions,
3595 const Qualifiers &VisibleQuals) {
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003596 // Only deal with canonical types.
3597 Ty = Context.getCanonicalType(Ty);
3598
3599 // Look through reference types; they aren't part of the type of an
3600 // expression for the purposes of conversions.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003601 if (const ReferenceType *RefTy = Ty->getAs<ReferenceType>())
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003602 Ty = RefTy->getPointeeType();
3603
3604 // We don't care about qualifiers on the type.
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00003605 Ty = Ty.getLocalUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003606
Sebastian Redl65ae2002009-11-05 16:36:20 +00003607 // If we're dealing with an array type, decay to the pointer.
3608 if (Ty->isArrayType())
3609 Ty = SemaRef.Context.getArrayDecayedType(Ty);
3610
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003611 if (const PointerType *PointerTy = Ty->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003612 QualType PointeeTy = PointerTy->getPointeeType();
3613
3614 // Insert our type, and its more-qualified variants, into the set
3615 // of types.
Fariborz Jahanianb06ec052009-10-16 22:08:05 +00003616 if (!AddPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants(Ty, VisibleQuals))
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003617 return;
Sebastian Redl8ce189f2009-04-19 21:53:20 +00003618 } else if (Ty->isMemberPointerType()) {
3619 // Member pointers are far easier, since the pointee can't be converted.
3620 if (!AddMemberPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants(Ty))
3621 return;
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003622 } else if (Ty->isEnumeralType()) {
Chris Lattnera59a3e22009-03-29 00:04:01 +00003623 EnumerationTypes.insert(Ty);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003624 } else if (AllowUserConversions) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003625 if (const RecordType *TyRec = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Douglas Gregorc02cfe22009-10-21 23:19:44 +00003626 if (SemaRef.RequireCompleteType(Loc, Ty, 0)) {
Douglas Gregor8a2e6012009-08-24 15:23:48 +00003627 // No conversion functions in incomplete types.
3628 return;
3629 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003630
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003631 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TyRec->getDecl());
John McCallad371252010-01-20 00:46:10 +00003632 const UnresolvedSetImpl *Conversions
Fariborz Jahanianae01f782009-10-07 17:26:09 +00003633 = ClassDecl->getVisibleConversionFunctions();
John McCallad371252010-01-20 00:46:10 +00003634 for (UnresolvedSetImpl::iterator I = Conversions->begin(),
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00003635 E = Conversions->end(); I != E; ++I) {
John McCallda4458e2010-03-31 01:36:47 +00003636 NamedDecl *D = I.getDecl();
3637 if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D))
3638 D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl();
Douglas Gregor05155d82009-08-21 23:19:43 +00003639
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003640 // Skip conversion function templates; they don't tell us anything
Douglas Gregor05155d82009-08-21 23:19:43 +00003641 // about which builtin types we can convert to.
John McCallda4458e2010-03-31 01:36:47 +00003642 if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
Douglas Gregor05155d82009-08-21 23:19:43 +00003643 continue;
3644
John McCallda4458e2010-03-31 01:36:47 +00003645 CXXConversionDecl *Conv = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(D);
Fariborz Jahanian3b937fa2009-10-15 17:14:05 +00003646 if (AllowExplicitConversions || !Conv->isExplicit()) {
Douglas Gregorc02cfe22009-10-21 23:19:44 +00003647 AddTypesConvertedFrom(Conv->getConversionType(), Loc, false, false,
Fariborz Jahanian3b937fa2009-10-15 17:14:05 +00003648 VisibleQuals);
3649 }
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003650 }
3651 }
3652 }
3653}
3654
Douglas Gregor84605ae2009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003655/// \brief Helper function for AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates() that adds
3656/// the volatile- and non-volatile-qualified assignment operators for the
3657/// given type to the candidate set.
3658static void AddBuiltinAssignmentOperatorCandidates(Sema &S,
3659 QualType T,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003660 Expr **Args,
Douglas Gregor84605ae2009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003661 unsigned NumArgs,
3662 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet) {
3663 QualType ParamTypes[2];
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003664
Douglas Gregor84605ae2009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003665 // T& operator=(T&, T)
3666 ParamTypes[0] = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(T);
3667 ParamTypes[1] = T;
3668 S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
3669 /*IsAssignmentOperator=*/true);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003670
Douglas Gregor84605ae2009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003671 if (!S.Context.getCanonicalType(T).isVolatileQualified()) {
3672 // volatile T& operator=(volatile T&, T)
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003673 ParamTypes[0]
3674 = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(S.Context.getVolatileType(T));
Douglas Gregor84605ae2009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003675 ParamTypes[1] = T;
3676 S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003677 /*IsAssignmentOperator=*/true);
Douglas Gregor84605ae2009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003678 }
3679}
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003680
Sebastian Redl1054fae2009-10-25 17:03:50 +00003681/// CollectVRQualifiers - This routine returns Volatile/Restrict qualifiers,
3682/// if any, found in visible type conversion functions found in ArgExpr's type.
Fariborz Jahanian3b937fa2009-10-15 17:14:05 +00003683static Qualifiers CollectVRQualifiers(ASTContext &Context, Expr* ArgExpr) {
3684 Qualifiers VRQuals;
3685 const RecordType *TyRec;
3686 if (const MemberPointerType *RHSMPType =
3687 ArgExpr->getType()->getAs<MemberPointerType>())
3688 TyRec = cast<RecordType>(RHSMPType->getClass());
3689 else
3690 TyRec = ArgExpr->getType()->getAs<RecordType>();
3691 if (!TyRec) {
Fariborz Jahanianb06ec052009-10-16 22:08:05 +00003692 // Just to be safe, assume the worst case.
Fariborz Jahanian3b937fa2009-10-15 17:14:05 +00003693 VRQuals.addVolatile();
3694 VRQuals.addRestrict();
3695 return VRQuals;
3696 }
3697
3698 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TyRec->getDecl());
John McCall67da35c2010-02-04 22:26:26 +00003699 if (!ClassDecl->hasDefinition())
3700 return VRQuals;
3701
John McCallad371252010-01-20 00:46:10 +00003702 const UnresolvedSetImpl *Conversions =
Sebastian Redl1054fae2009-10-25 17:03:50 +00003703 ClassDecl->getVisibleConversionFunctions();
Fariborz Jahanian3b937fa2009-10-15 17:14:05 +00003704
John McCallad371252010-01-20 00:46:10 +00003705 for (UnresolvedSetImpl::iterator I = Conversions->begin(),
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00003706 E = Conversions->end(); I != E; ++I) {
John McCallda4458e2010-03-31 01:36:47 +00003707 NamedDecl *D = I.getDecl();
3708 if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D))
3709 D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl();
3710 if (CXXConversionDecl *Conv = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahanian3b937fa2009-10-15 17:14:05 +00003711 QualType CanTy = Context.getCanonicalType(Conv->getConversionType());
3712 if (const ReferenceType *ResTypeRef = CanTy->getAs<ReferenceType>())
3713 CanTy = ResTypeRef->getPointeeType();
3714 // Need to go down the pointer/mempointer chain and add qualifiers
3715 // as see them.
3716 bool done = false;
3717 while (!done) {
3718 if (const PointerType *ResTypePtr = CanTy->getAs<PointerType>())
3719 CanTy = ResTypePtr->getPointeeType();
3720 else if (const MemberPointerType *ResTypeMPtr =
3721 CanTy->getAs<MemberPointerType>())
3722 CanTy = ResTypeMPtr->getPointeeType();
3723 else
3724 done = true;
3725 if (CanTy.isVolatileQualified())
3726 VRQuals.addVolatile();
3727 if (CanTy.isRestrictQualified())
3728 VRQuals.addRestrict();
3729 if (VRQuals.hasRestrict() && VRQuals.hasVolatile())
3730 return VRQuals;
3731 }
3732 }
3733 }
3734 return VRQuals;
3735}
3736
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003737/// AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates - Add the appropriate built-in
3738/// operator overloads to the candidate set (C++ [over.built]), based
3739/// on the operator @p Op and the arguments given. For example, if the
3740/// operator is a binary '+', this routine might add "int
3741/// operator+(int, int)" to cover integer addition.
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003742void
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003743Sema::AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op,
Douglas Gregorc02cfe22009-10-21 23:19:44 +00003744 SourceLocation OpLoc,
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003745 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
3746 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet) {
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003747 // The set of "promoted arithmetic types", which are the arithmetic
3748 // types are that preserved by promotion (C++ [over.built]p2). Note
3749 // that the first few of these types are the promoted integral
3750 // types; these types need to be first.
3751 // FIXME: What about complex?
3752 const unsigned FirstIntegralType = 0;
3753 const unsigned LastIntegralType = 13;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003754 const unsigned FirstPromotedIntegralType = 7,
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003755 LastPromotedIntegralType = 13;
3756 const unsigned FirstPromotedArithmeticType = 7,
3757 LastPromotedArithmeticType = 16;
3758 const unsigned NumArithmeticTypes = 16;
3759 QualType ArithmeticTypes[NumArithmeticTypes] = {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003760 Context.BoolTy, Context.CharTy, Context.WCharTy,
3761// FIXME: Context.Char16Ty, Context.Char32Ty,
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003762 Context.SignedCharTy, Context.ShortTy,
3763 Context.UnsignedCharTy, Context.UnsignedShortTy,
3764 Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy,
3765 Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy, Context.UnsignedLongLongTy,
3766 Context.FloatTy, Context.DoubleTy, Context.LongDoubleTy
3767 };
Douglas Gregorb8440a72009-10-21 22:01:30 +00003768 assert(ArithmeticTypes[FirstPromotedIntegralType] == Context.IntTy &&
3769 "Invalid first promoted integral type");
3770 assert(ArithmeticTypes[LastPromotedIntegralType - 1]
3771 == Context.UnsignedLongLongTy &&
3772 "Invalid last promoted integral type");
3773 assert(ArithmeticTypes[FirstPromotedArithmeticType] == Context.IntTy &&
3774 "Invalid first promoted arithmetic type");
3775 assert(ArithmeticTypes[LastPromotedArithmeticType - 1]
3776 == Context.LongDoubleTy &&
3777 "Invalid last promoted arithmetic type");
3778
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003779 // Find all of the types that the arguments can convert to, but only
3780 // if the operator we're looking at has built-in operator candidates
3781 // that make use of these types.
Fariborz Jahanian3b937fa2009-10-15 17:14:05 +00003782 Qualifiers VisibleTypeConversionsQuals;
3783 VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.addConst();
Fariborz Jahanianb9e8c422009-10-19 21:30:45 +00003784 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx)
3785 VisibleTypeConversionsQuals += CollectVRQualifiers(Context, Args[ArgIdx]);
3786
Douglas Gregor8a2e6012009-08-24 15:23:48 +00003787 BuiltinCandidateTypeSet CandidateTypes(*this);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003788 if (Op == OO_Less || Op == OO_Greater || Op == OO_LessEqual ||
3789 Op == OO_GreaterEqual || Op == OO_EqualEqual || Op == OO_ExclaimEqual ||
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003790 Op == OO_Plus || (Op == OO_Minus && NumArgs == 2) || Op == OO_Equal ||
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003791 Op == OO_PlusEqual || Op == OO_MinusEqual || Op == OO_Subscript ||
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003792 Op == OO_ArrowStar || Op == OO_PlusPlus || Op == OO_MinusMinus ||
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003793 (Op == OO_Star && NumArgs == 1) || Op == OO_Conditional) {
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003794 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx)
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003795 CandidateTypes.AddTypesConvertedFrom(Args[ArgIdx]->getType(),
Douglas Gregorc02cfe22009-10-21 23:19:44 +00003796 OpLoc,
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003797 true,
3798 (Op == OO_Exclaim ||
3799 Op == OO_AmpAmp ||
Fariborz Jahanian3b937fa2009-10-15 17:14:05 +00003800 Op == OO_PipePipe),
3801 VisibleTypeConversionsQuals);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003802 }
3803
3804 bool isComparison = false;
3805 switch (Op) {
3806 case OO_None:
3807 case NUM_OVERLOADED_OPERATORS:
3808 assert(false && "Expected an overloaded operator");
3809 break;
3810
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003811 case OO_Star: // '*' is either unary or binary
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003812 if (NumArgs == 1)
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003813 goto UnaryStar;
3814 else
3815 goto BinaryStar;
3816 break;
3817
3818 case OO_Plus: // '+' is either unary or binary
3819 if (NumArgs == 1)
3820 goto UnaryPlus;
3821 else
3822 goto BinaryPlus;
3823 break;
3824
3825 case OO_Minus: // '-' is either unary or binary
3826 if (NumArgs == 1)
3827 goto UnaryMinus;
3828 else
3829 goto BinaryMinus;
3830 break;
3831
3832 case OO_Amp: // '&' is either unary or binary
3833 if (NumArgs == 1)
3834 goto UnaryAmp;
3835 else
3836 goto BinaryAmp;
3837
3838 case OO_PlusPlus:
3839 case OO_MinusMinus:
3840 // C++ [over.built]p3:
3841 //
3842 // For every pair (T, VQ), where T is an arithmetic type, and VQ
3843 // is either volatile or empty, there exist candidate operator
3844 // functions of the form
3845 //
3846 // VQ T& operator++(VQ T&);
3847 // T operator++(VQ T&, int);
3848 //
3849 // C++ [over.built]p4:
3850 //
3851 // For every pair (T, VQ), where T is an arithmetic type other
3852 // than bool, and VQ is either volatile or empty, there exist
3853 // candidate operator functions of the form
3854 //
3855 // VQ T& operator--(VQ T&);
3856 // T operator--(VQ T&, int);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003857 for (unsigned Arith = (Op == OO_PlusPlus? 0 : 1);
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003858 Arith < NumArithmeticTypes; ++Arith) {
3859 QualType ArithTy = ArithmeticTypes[Arith];
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003860 QualType ParamTypes[2]
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00003861 = { Context.getLValueReferenceType(ArithTy), Context.IntTy };
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003862
3863 // Non-volatile version.
3864 if (NumArgs == 1)
3865 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 1, CandidateSet);
3866 else
3867 AddBuiltinCandidate(ArithTy, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
Fariborz Jahanian3b937fa2009-10-15 17:14:05 +00003868 // heuristic to reduce number of builtin candidates in the set.
3869 // Add volatile version only if there are conversions to a volatile type.
3870 if (VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile()) {
3871 // Volatile version
3872 ParamTypes[0]
3873 = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Context.getVolatileType(ArithTy));
3874 if (NumArgs == 1)
3875 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 1, CandidateSet);
3876 else
3877 AddBuiltinCandidate(ArithTy, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3878 }
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003879 }
3880
3881 // C++ [over.built]p5:
3882 //
3883 // For every pair (T, VQ), where T is a cv-qualified or
3884 // cv-unqualified object type, and VQ is either volatile or
3885 // empty, there exist candidate operator functions of the form
3886 //
3887 // T*VQ& operator++(T*VQ&);
3888 // T*VQ& operator--(T*VQ&);
3889 // T* operator++(T*VQ&, int);
3890 // T* operator--(T*VQ&, int);
3891 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Ptr = CandidateTypes.pointer_begin();
3892 Ptr != CandidateTypes.pointer_end(); ++Ptr) {
3893 // Skip pointer types that aren't pointers to object types.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003894 if (!(*Ptr)->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isObjectType())
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003895 continue;
3896
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003897 QualType ParamTypes[2] = {
3898 Context.getLValueReferenceType(*Ptr), Context.IntTy
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003899 };
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003900
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003901 // Without volatile
3902 if (NumArgs == 1)
3903 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 1, CandidateSet);
3904 else
3905 AddBuiltinCandidate(*Ptr, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3906
Fariborz Jahanian3b937fa2009-10-15 17:14:05 +00003907 if (!Context.getCanonicalType(*Ptr).isVolatileQualified() &&
3908 VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile()) {
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003909 // With volatile
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003910 ParamTypes[0]
3911 = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Context.getVolatileType(*Ptr));
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003912 if (NumArgs == 1)
3913 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 1, CandidateSet);
3914 else
3915 AddBuiltinCandidate(*Ptr, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3916 }
3917 }
3918 break;
3919
3920 UnaryStar:
3921 // C++ [over.built]p6:
3922 // For every cv-qualified or cv-unqualified object type T, there
3923 // exist candidate operator functions of the form
3924 //
3925 // T& operator*(T*);
3926 //
3927 // C++ [over.built]p7:
3928 // For every function type T, there exist candidate operator
3929 // functions of the form
3930 // T& operator*(T*);
3931 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Ptr = CandidateTypes.pointer_begin();
3932 Ptr != CandidateTypes.pointer_end(); ++Ptr) {
3933 QualType ParamTy = *Ptr;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003934 QualType PointeeTy = ParamTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003935 AddBuiltinCandidate(Context.getLValueReferenceType(PointeeTy),
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003936 &ParamTy, Args, 1, CandidateSet);
3937 }
3938 break;
3939
3940 UnaryPlus:
3941 // C++ [over.built]p8:
3942 // For every type T, there exist candidate operator functions of
3943 // the form
3944 //
3945 // T* operator+(T*);
3946 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Ptr = CandidateTypes.pointer_begin();
3947 Ptr != CandidateTypes.pointer_end(); ++Ptr) {
3948 QualType ParamTy = *Ptr;
3949 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTy, &ParamTy, Args, 1, CandidateSet);
3950 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003951
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003952 // Fall through
3953
3954 UnaryMinus:
3955 // C++ [over.built]p9:
3956 // For every promoted arithmetic type T, there exist candidate
3957 // operator functions of the form
3958 //
3959 // T operator+(T);
3960 // T operator-(T);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003961 for (unsigned Arith = FirstPromotedArithmeticType;
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003962 Arith < LastPromotedArithmeticType; ++Arith) {
3963 QualType ArithTy = ArithmeticTypes[Arith];
3964 AddBuiltinCandidate(ArithTy, &ArithTy, Args, 1, CandidateSet);
3965 }
3966 break;
3967
3968 case OO_Tilde:
3969 // C++ [over.built]p10:
3970 // For every promoted integral type T, there exist candidate
3971 // operator functions of the form
3972 //
3973 // T operator~(T);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003974 for (unsigned Int = FirstPromotedIntegralType;
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003975 Int < LastPromotedIntegralType; ++Int) {
3976 QualType IntTy = ArithmeticTypes[Int];
3977 AddBuiltinCandidate(IntTy, &IntTy, Args, 1, CandidateSet);
3978 }
3979 break;
3980
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003981 case OO_New:
3982 case OO_Delete:
3983 case OO_Array_New:
3984 case OO_Array_Delete:
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003985 case OO_Call:
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003986 assert(false && "Special operators don't use AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates");
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003987 break;
3988
3989 case OO_Comma:
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003990 UnaryAmp:
3991 case OO_Arrow:
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003992 // C++ [over.match.oper]p3:
3993 // -- For the operator ',', the unary operator '&', or the
3994 // operator '->', the built-in candidates set is empty.
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003995 break;
3996
Douglas Gregor84605ae2009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003997 case OO_EqualEqual:
3998 case OO_ExclaimEqual:
3999 // C++ [over.match.oper]p16:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004000 // For every pointer to member type T, there exist candidate operator
4001 // functions of the form
Douglas Gregor84605ae2009-08-24 13:43:27 +00004002 //
4003 // bool operator==(T,T);
4004 // bool operator!=(T,T);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004005 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator
Douglas Gregor84605ae2009-08-24 13:43:27 +00004006 MemPtr = CandidateTypes.member_pointer_begin(),
4007 MemPtrEnd = CandidateTypes.member_pointer_end();
4008 MemPtr != MemPtrEnd;
4009 ++MemPtr) {
4010 QualType ParamTypes[2] = { *MemPtr, *MemPtr };
4011 AddBuiltinCandidate(Context.BoolTy, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
4012 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004013
Douglas Gregor84605ae2009-08-24 13:43:27 +00004014 // Fall through
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004015
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004016 case OO_Less:
4017 case OO_Greater:
4018 case OO_LessEqual:
4019 case OO_GreaterEqual:
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004020 // C++ [over.built]p15:
4021 //
4022 // For every pointer or enumeration type T, there exist
4023 // candidate operator functions of the form
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004024 //
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004025 // bool operator<(T, T);
4026 // bool operator>(T, T);
4027 // bool operator<=(T, T);
4028 // bool operator>=(T, T);
4029 // bool operator==(T, T);
4030 // bool operator!=(T, T);
4031 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Ptr = CandidateTypes.pointer_begin();
4032 Ptr != CandidateTypes.pointer_end(); ++Ptr) {
4033 QualType ParamTypes[2] = { *Ptr, *Ptr };
4034 AddBuiltinCandidate(Context.BoolTy, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
4035 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004036 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Enum
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004037 = CandidateTypes.enumeration_begin();
4038 Enum != CandidateTypes.enumeration_end(); ++Enum) {
4039 QualType ParamTypes[2] = { *Enum, *Enum };
4040 AddBuiltinCandidate(Context.BoolTy, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
4041 }
4042
4043 // Fall through.
4044 isComparison = true;
4045
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004046 BinaryPlus:
4047 BinaryMinus:
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004048 if (!isComparison) {
4049 // We didn't fall through, so we must have OO_Plus or OO_Minus.
4050
4051 // C++ [over.built]p13:
4052 //
4053 // For every cv-qualified or cv-unqualified object type T
4054 // there exist candidate operator functions of the form
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004055 //
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004056 // T* operator+(T*, ptrdiff_t);
4057 // T& operator[](T*, ptrdiff_t); [BELOW]
4058 // T* operator-(T*, ptrdiff_t);
4059 // T* operator+(ptrdiff_t, T*);
4060 // T& operator[](ptrdiff_t, T*); [BELOW]
4061 //
4062 // C++ [over.built]p14:
4063 //
4064 // For every T, where T is a pointer to object type, there
4065 // exist candidate operator functions of the form
4066 //
4067 // ptrdiff_t operator-(T, T);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004068 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Ptr
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004069 = CandidateTypes.pointer_begin();
4070 Ptr != CandidateTypes.pointer_end(); ++Ptr) {
4071 QualType ParamTypes[2] = { *Ptr, Context.getPointerDiffType() };
4072
4073 // operator+(T*, ptrdiff_t) or operator-(T*, ptrdiff_t)
4074 AddBuiltinCandidate(*Ptr, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
4075
4076 if (Op == OO_Plus) {
4077 // T* operator+(ptrdiff_t, T*);
4078 ParamTypes[0] = ParamTypes[1];
4079 ParamTypes[1] = *Ptr;
4080 AddBuiltinCandidate(*Ptr, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
4081 } else {
4082 // ptrdiff_t operator-(T, T);
4083 ParamTypes[1] = *Ptr;
4084 AddBuiltinCandidate(Context.getPointerDiffType(), ParamTypes,
4085 Args, 2, CandidateSet);
4086 }
4087 }
4088 }
4089 // Fall through
4090
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004091 case OO_Slash:
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004092 BinaryStar:
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00004093 Conditional:
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004094 // C++ [over.built]p12:
4095 //
4096 // For every pair of promoted arithmetic types L and R, there
4097 // exist candidate operator functions of the form
4098 //
4099 // LR operator*(L, R);
4100 // LR operator/(L, R);
4101 // LR operator+(L, R);
4102 // LR operator-(L, R);
4103 // bool operator<(L, R);
4104 // bool operator>(L, R);
4105 // bool operator<=(L, R);
4106 // bool operator>=(L, R);
4107 // bool operator==(L, R);
4108 // bool operator!=(L, R);
4109 //
4110 // where LR is the result of the usual arithmetic conversions
4111 // between types L and R.
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00004112 //
4113 // C++ [over.built]p24:
4114 //
4115 // For every pair of promoted arithmetic types L and R, there exist
4116 // candidate operator functions of the form
4117 //
4118 // LR operator?(bool, L, R);
4119 //
4120 // where LR is the result of the usual arithmetic conversions
4121 // between types L and R.
4122 // Our candidates ignore the first parameter.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004123 for (unsigned Left = FirstPromotedArithmeticType;
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004124 Left < LastPromotedArithmeticType; ++Left) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004125 for (unsigned Right = FirstPromotedArithmeticType;
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004126 Right < LastPromotedArithmeticType; ++Right) {
4127 QualType LandR[2] = { ArithmeticTypes[Left], ArithmeticTypes[Right] };
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +00004128 QualType Result
4129 = isComparison
4130 ? Context.BoolTy
4131 : Context.UsualArithmeticConversionsType(LandR[0], LandR[1]);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004132 AddBuiltinCandidate(Result, LandR, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
4133 }
4134 }
4135 break;
4136
4137 case OO_Percent:
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004138 BinaryAmp:
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004139 case OO_Caret:
4140 case OO_Pipe:
4141 case OO_LessLess:
4142 case OO_GreaterGreater:
4143 // C++ [over.built]p17:
4144 //
4145 // For every pair of promoted integral types L and R, there
4146 // exist candidate operator functions of the form
4147 //
4148 // LR operator%(L, R);
4149 // LR operator&(L, R);
4150 // LR operator^(L, R);
4151 // LR operator|(L, R);
4152 // L operator<<(L, R);
4153 // L operator>>(L, R);
4154 //
4155 // where LR is the result of the usual arithmetic conversions
4156 // between types L and R.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004157 for (unsigned Left = FirstPromotedIntegralType;
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004158 Left < LastPromotedIntegralType; ++Left) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004159 for (unsigned Right = FirstPromotedIntegralType;
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004160 Right < LastPromotedIntegralType; ++Right) {
4161 QualType LandR[2] = { ArithmeticTypes[Left], ArithmeticTypes[Right] };
4162 QualType Result = (Op == OO_LessLess || Op == OO_GreaterGreater)
4163 ? LandR[0]
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +00004164 : Context.UsualArithmeticConversionsType(LandR[0], LandR[1]);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004165 AddBuiltinCandidate(Result, LandR, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
4166 }
4167 }
4168 break;
4169
4170 case OO_Equal:
4171 // C++ [over.built]p20:
4172 //
4173 // For every pair (T, VQ), where T is an enumeration or
Douglas Gregor84605ae2009-08-24 13:43:27 +00004174 // pointer to member type and VQ is either volatile or
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004175 // empty, there exist candidate operator functions of the form
4176 //
4177 // VQ T& operator=(VQ T&, T);
Douglas Gregor84605ae2009-08-24 13:43:27 +00004178 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator
4179 Enum = CandidateTypes.enumeration_begin(),
4180 EnumEnd = CandidateTypes.enumeration_end();
4181 Enum != EnumEnd; ++Enum)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004182 AddBuiltinAssignmentOperatorCandidates(*this, *Enum, Args, 2,
Douglas Gregor84605ae2009-08-24 13:43:27 +00004183 CandidateSet);
4184 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator
4185 MemPtr = CandidateTypes.member_pointer_begin(),
4186 MemPtrEnd = CandidateTypes.member_pointer_end();
4187 MemPtr != MemPtrEnd; ++MemPtr)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004188 AddBuiltinAssignmentOperatorCandidates(*this, *MemPtr, Args, 2,
Douglas Gregor84605ae2009-08-24 13:43:27 +00004189 CandidateSet);
4190 // Fall through.
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004191
4192 case OO_PlusEqual:
4193 case OO_MinusEqual:
4194 // C++ [over.built]p19:
4195 //
4196 // For every pair (T, VQ), where T is any type and VQ is either
4197 // volatile or empty, there exist candidate operator functions
4198 // of the form
4199 //
4200 // T*VQ& operator=(T*VQ&, T*);
4201 //
4202 // C++ [over.built]p21:
4203 //
4204 // For every pair (T, VQ), where T is a cv-qualified or
4205 // cv-unqualified object type and VQ is either volatile or
4206 // empty, there exist candidate operator functions of the form
4207 //
4208 // T*VQ& operator+=(T*VQ&, ptrdiff_t);
4209 // T*VQ& operator-=(T*VQ&, ptrdiff_t);
4210 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Ptr = CandidateTypes.pointer_begin();
4211 Ptr != CandidateTypes.pointer_end(); ++Ptr) {
4212 QualType ParamTypes[2];
4213 ParamTypes[1] = (Op == OO_Equal)? *Ptr : Context.getPointerDiffType();
4214
4215 // non-volatile version
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00004216 ParamTypes[0] = Context.getLValueReferenceType(*Ptr);
Douglas Gregorc5e61072009-01-13 00:52:54 +00004217 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
4218 /*IsAssigmentOperator=*/Op == OO_Equal);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004219
Fariborz Jahanianb9e8c422009-10-19 21:30:45 +00004220 if (!Context.getCanonicalType(*Ptr).isVolatileQualified() &&
4221 VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile()) {
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004222 // volatile version
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004223 ParamTypes[0]
4224 = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Context.getVolatileType(*Ptr));
Douglas Gregorc5e61072009-01-13 00:52:54 +00004225 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
4226 /*IsAssigmentOperator=*/Op == OO_Equal);
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004227 }
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004228 }
4229 // Fall through.
4230
4231 case OO_StarEqual:
4232 case OO_SlashEqual:
4233 // C++ [over.built]p18:
4234 //
4235 // For every triple (L, VQ, R), where L is an arithmetic type,
4236 // VQ is either volatile or empty, and R is a promoted
4237 // arithmetic type, there exist candidate operator functions of
4238 // the form
4239 //
4240 // VQ L& operator=(VQ L&, R);
4241 // VQ L& operator*=(VQ L&, R);
4242 // VQ L& operator/=(VQ L&, R);
4243 // VQ L& operator+=(VQ L&, R);
4244 // VQ L& operator-=(VQ L&, R);
4245 for (unsigned Left = 0; Left < NumArithmeticTypes; ++Left) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004246 for (unsigned Right = FirstPromotedArithmeticType;
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004247 Right < LastPromotedArithmeticType; ++Right) {
4248 QualType ParamTypes[2];
4249 ParamTypes[1] = ArithmeticTypes[Right];
4250
4251 // Add this built-in operator as a candidate (VQ is empty).
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00004252 ParamTypes[0] = Context.getLValueReferenceType(ArithmeticTypes[Left]);
Douglas Gregorc5e61072009-01-13 00:52:54 +00004253 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
4254 /*IsAssigmentOperator=*/Op == OO_Equal);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004255
4256 // Add this built-in operator as a candidate (VQ is 'volatile').
Fariborz Jahanianb9e8c422009-10-19 21:30:45 +00004257 if (VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile()) {
4258 ParamTypes[0] = Context.getVolatileType(ArithmeticTypes[Left]);
4259 ParamTypes[0] = Context.getLValueReferenceType(ParamTypes[0]);
4260 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
4261 /*IsAssigmentOperator=*/Op == OO_Equal);
4262 }
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004263 }
4264 }
4265 break;
4266
4267 case OO_PercentEqual:
4268 case OO_LessLessEqual:
4269 case OO_GreaterGreaterEqual:
4270 case OO_AmpEqual:
4271 case OO_CaretEqual:
4272 case OO_PipeEqual:
4273 // C++ [over.built]p22:
4274 //
4275 // For every triple (L, VQ, R), where L is an integral type, VQ
4276 // is either volatile or empty, and R is a promoted integral
4277 // type, there exist candidate operator functions of the form
4278 //
4279 // VQ L& operator%=(VQ L&, R);
4280 // VQ L& operator<<=(VQ L&, R);
4281 // VQ L& operator>>=(VQ L&, R);
4282 // VQ L& operator&=(VQ L&, R);
4283 // VQ L& operator^=(VQ L&, R);
4284 // VQ L& operator|=(VQ L&, R);
4285 for (unsigned Left = FirstIntegralType; Left < LastIntegralType; ++Left) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004286 for (unsigned Right = FirstPromotedIntegralType;
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004287 Right < LastPromotedIntegralType; ++Right) {
4288 QualType ParamTypes[2];
4289 ParamTypes[1] = ArithmeticTypes[Right];
4290
4291 // Add this built-in operator as a candidate (VQ is empty).
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00004292 ParamTypes[0] = Context.getLValueReferenceType(ArithmeticTypes[Left]);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004293 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
Fariborz Jahaniana4a93342009-10-20 00:04:40 +00004294 if (VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile()) {
4295 // Add this built-in operator as a candidate (VQ is 'volatile').
4296 ParamTypes[0] = ArithmeticTypes[Left];
4297 ParamTypes[0] = Context.getVolatileType(ParamTypes[0]);
4298 ParamTypes[0] = Context.getLValueReferenceType(ParamTypes[0]);
4299 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
4300 }
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004301 }
4302 }
4303 break;
4304
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004305 case OO_Exclaim: {
4306 // C++ [over.operator]p23:
4307 //
4308 // There also exist candidate operator functions of the form
4309 //
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004310 // bool operator!(bool);
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004311 // bool operator&&(bool, bool); [BELOW]
4312 // bool operator||(bool, bool); [BELOW]
4313 QualType ParamTy = Context.BoolTy;
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00004314 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTy, &ParamTy, Args, 1, CandidateSet,
4315 /*IsAssignmentOperator=*/false,
4316 /*NumContextualBoolArguments=*/1);
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004317 break;
4318 }
4319
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004320 case OO_AmpAmp:
4321 case OO_PipePipe: {
4322 // C++ [over.operator]p23:
4323 //
4324 // There also exist candidate operator functions of the form
4325 //
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004326 // bool operator!(bool); [ABOVE]
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004327 // bool operator&&(bool, bool);
4328 // bool operator||(bool, bool);
4329 QualType ParamTypes[2] = { Context.BoolTy, Context.BoolTy };
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00004330 AddBuiltinCandidate(Context.BoolTy, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
4331 /*IsAssignmentOperator=*/false,
4332 /*NumContextualBoolArguments=*/2);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004333 break;
4334 }
4335
4336 case OO_Subscript:
4337 // C++ [over.built]p13:
4338 //
4339 // For every cv-qualified or cv-unqualified object type T there
4340 // exist candidate operator functions of the form
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004341 //
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004342 // T* operator+(T*, ptrdiff_t); [ABOVE]
4343 // T& operator[](T*, ptrdiff_t);
4344 // T* operator-(T*, ptrdiff_t); [ABOVE]
4345 // T* operator+(ptrdiff_t, T*); [ABOVE]
4346 // T& operator[](ptrdiff_t, T*);
4347 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Ptr = CandidateTypes.pointer_begin();
4348 Ptr != CandidateTypes.pointer_end(); ++Ptr) {
4349 QualType ParamTypes[2] = { *Ptr, Context.getPointerDiffType() };
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004350 QualType PointeeType = (*Ptr)->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00004351 QualType ResultTy = Context.getLValueReferenceType(PointeeType);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004352
4353 // T& operator[](T*, ptrdiff_t)
4354 AddBuiltinCandidate(ResultTy, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
4355
4356 // T& operator[](ptrdiff_t, T*);
4357 ParamTypes[0] = ParamTypes[1];
4358 ParamTypes[1] = *Ptr;
4359 AddBuiltinCandidate(ResultTy, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
4360 }
4361 break;
4362
4363 case OO_ArrowStar:
Fariborz Jahanian34d93dc2009-10-06 23:08:05 +00004364 // C++ [over.built]p11:
4365 // For every quintuple (C1, C2, T, CV1, CV2), where C2 is a class type,
4366 // C1 is the same type as C2 or is a derived class of C2, T is an object
4367 // type or a function type, and CV1 and CV2 are cv-qualifier-seqs,
4368 // there exist candidate operator functions of the form
4369 // CV12 T& operator->*(CV1 C1*, CV2 T C2::*);
4370 // where CV12 is the union of CV1 and CV2.
4371 {
4372 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Ptr =
4373 CandidateTypes.pointer_begin();
4374 Ptr != CandidateTypes.pointer_end(); ++Ptr) {
4375 QualType C1Ty = (*Ptr);
4376 QualType C1;
Fariborz Jahanian4dc12462009-10-09 16:34:40 +00004377 QualifierCollector Q1;
Fariborz Jahanian34d93dc2009-10-06 23:08:05 +00004378 if (const PointerType *PointerTy = C1Ty->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian4dc12462009-10-09 16:34:40 +00004379 C1 = QualType(Q1.strip(PointerTy->getPointeeType()), 0);
Fariborz Jahanian34d93dc2009-10-06 23:08:05 +00004380 if (!isa<RecordType>(C1))
4381 continue;
Fariborz Jahanian3b937fa2009-10-15 17:14:05 +00004382 // heuristic to reduce number of builtin candidates in the set.
4383 // Add volatile/restrict version only if there are conversions to a
4384 // volatile/restrict type.
4385 if (!VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile() && Q1.hasVolatile())
4386 continue;
4387 if (!VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasRestrict() && Q1.hasRestrict())
4388 continue;
Fariborz Jahanian34d93dc2009-10-06 23:08:05 +00004389 }
4390 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator
4391 MemPtr = CandidateTypes.member_pointer_begin(),
4392 MemPtrEnd = CandidateTypes.member_pointer_end();
4393 MemPtr != MemPtrEnd; ++MemPtr) {
4394 const MemberPointerType *mptr = cast<MemberPointerType>(*MemPtr);
4395 QualType C2 = QualType(mptr->getClass(), 0);
Fariborz Jahanian12df37c2009-10-07 16:56:50 +00004396 C2 = C2.getUnqualifiedType();
Fariborz Jahanian34d93dc2009-10-06 23:08:05 +00004397 if (C1 != C2 && !IsDerivedFrom(C1, C2))
4398 break;
4399 QualType ParamTypes[2] = { *Ptr, *MemPtr };
4400 // build CV12 T&
4401 QualType T = mptr->getPointeeType();
Fariborz Jahanian3b937fa2009-10-15 17:14:05 +00004402 if (!VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile() &&
4403 T.isVolatileQualified())
4404 continue;
4405 if (!VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasRestrict() &&
4406 T.isRestrictQualified())
4407 continue;
Fariborz Jahanian4dc12462009-10-09 16:34:40 +00004408 T = Q1.apply(T);
Fariborz Jahanian34d93dc2009-10-06 23:08:05 +00004409 QualType ResultTy = Context.getLValueReferenceType(T);
4410 AddBuiltinCandidate(ResultTy, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
4411 }
4412 }
4413 }
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004414 break;
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00004415
4416 case OO_Conditional:
4417 // Note that we don't consider the first argument, since it has been
4418 // contextually converted to bool long ago. The candidates below are
4419 // therefore added as binary.
4420 //
4421 // C++ [over.built]p24:
4422 // For every type T, where T is a pointer or pointer-to-member type,
4423 // there exist candidate operator functions of the form
4424 //
4425 // T operator?(bool, T, T);
4426 //
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00004427 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Ptr = CandidateTypes.pointer_begin(),
4428 E = CandidateTypes.pointer_end(); Ptr != E; ++Ptr) {
4429 QualType ParamTypes[2] = { *Ptr, *Ptr };
4430 AddBuiltinCandidate(*Ptr, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
4431 }
Sebastian Redl8ce189f2009-04-19 21:53:20 +00004432 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Ptr =
4433 CandidateTypes.member_pointer_begin(),
4434 E = CandidateTypes.member_pointer_end(); Ptr != E; ++Ptr) {
4435 QualType ParamTypes[2] = { *Ptr, *Ptr };
4436 AddBuiltinCandidate(*Ptr, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
4437 }
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00004438 goto Conditional;
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004439 }
4440}
4441
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00004442/// \brief Add function candidates found via argument-dependent lookup
4443/// to the set of overloading candidates.
4444///
4445/// This routine performs argument-dependent name lookup based on the
4446/// given function name (which may also be an operator name) and adds
4447/// all of the overload candidates found by ADL to the overload
4448/// candidate set (C++ [basic.lookup.argdep]).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004449void
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00004450Sema::AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(DeclarationName Name,
John McCall4c4c1df2010-01-26 03:27:55 +00004451 bool Operator,
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00004452 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00004453 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00004454 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
4455 bool PartialOverloading) {
John McCall8fe68082010-01-26 07:16:45 +00004456 ADLResult Fns;
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00004457
John McCall91f61fc2010-01-26 06:04:06 +00004458 // FIXME: This approach for uniquing ADL results (and removing
4459 // redundant candidates from the set) relies on pointer-equality,
4460 // which means we need to key off the canonical decl. However,
4461 // always going back to the canonical decl might not get us the
4462 // right set of default arguments. What default arguments are
4463 // we supposed to consider on ADL candidates, anyway?
4464
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00004465 // FIXME: Pass in the explicit template arguments?
John McCall8fe68082010-01-26 07:16:45 +00004466 ArgumentDependentLookup(Name, Operator, Args, NumArgs, Fns);
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00004467
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00004468 // Erase all of the candidates we already knew about.
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00004469 for (OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Cand = CandidateSet.begin(),
4470 CandEnd = CandidateSet.end();
4471 Cand != CandEnd; ++Cand)
Douglas Gregor15448f82009-06-27 21:05:07 +00004472 if (Cand->Function) {
John McCall8fe68082010-01-26 07:16:45 +00004473 Fns.erase(Cand->Function);
Douglas Gregor15448f82009-06-27 21:05:07 +00004474 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = Cand->Function->getPrimaryTemplate())
John McCall8fe68082010-01-26 07:16:45 +00004475 Fns.erase(FunTmpl);
Douglas Gregor15448f82009-06-27 21:05:07 +00004476 }
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00004477
4478 // For each of the ADL candidates we found, add it to the overload
4479 // set.
John McCall8fe68082010-01-26 07:16:45 +00004480 for (ADLResult::iterator I = Fns.begin(), E = Fns.end(); I != E; ++I) {
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00004481 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl = DeclAccessPair::make(*I, AS_none);
John McCall4c4c1df2010-01-26 03:27:55 +00004482 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*I)) {
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00004483 if (ExplicitTemplateArgs)
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00004484 continue;
4485
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00004486 AddOverloadCandidate(FD, FoundDecl, Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet,
Douglas Gregorb05275a2010-04-16 17:41:49 +00004487 false, PartialOverloading);
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00004488 } else
John McCall4c4c1df2010-01-26 03:27:55 +00004489 AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*I),
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00004490 FoundDecl, ExplicitTemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregor89026b52009-06-30 23:57:56 +00004491 Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet);
Douglas Gregor15448f82009-06-27 21:05:07 +00004492 }
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00004493}
4494
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004495/// isBetterOverloadCandidate - Determines whether the first overload
4496/// candidate is a better candidate than the second (C++ 13.3.3p1).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004497bool
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004498Sema::isBetterOverloadCandidate(const OverloadCandidate& Cand1,
John McCallbc077cf2010-02-08 23:07:23 +00004499 const OverloadCandidate& Cand2,
4500 SourceLocation Loc) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004501 // Define viable functions to be better candidates than non-viable
4502 // functions.
4503 if (!Cand2.Viable)
4504 return Cand1.Viable;
4505 else if (!Cand1.Viable)
4506 return false;
4507
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00004508 // C++ [over.match.best]p1:
4509 //
4510 // -- if F is a static member function, ICS1(F) is defined such
4511 // that ICS1(F) is neither better nor worse than ICS1(G) for
4512 // any function G, and, symmetrically, ICS1(G) is neither
4513 // better nor worse than ICS1(F).
4514 unsigned StartArg = 0;
4515 if (Cand1.IgnoreObjectArgument || Cand2.IgnoreObjectArgument)
4516 StartArg = 1;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004517
Douglas Gregord3cb3562009-07-07 23:38:56 +00004518 // C++ [over.match.best]p1:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004519 // A viable function F1 is defined to be a better function than another
4520 // viable function F2 if for all arguments i, ICSi(F1) is not a worse
Douglas Gregord3cb3562009-07-07 23:38:56 +00004521 // conversion sequence than ICSi(F2), and then...
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004522 unsigned NumArgs = Cand1.Conversions.size();
4523 assert(Cand2.Conversions.size() == NumArgs && "Overload candidate mismatch");
4524 bool HasBetterConversion = false;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00004525 for (unsigned ArgIdx = StartArg; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004526 switch (CompareImplicitConversionSequences(Cand1.Conversions[ArgIdx],
4527 Cand2.Conversions[ArgIdx])) {
4528 case ImplicitConversionSequence::Better:
4529 // Cand1 has a better conversion sequence.
4530 HasBetterConversion = true;
4531 break;
4532
4533 case ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse:
4534 // Cand1 can't be better than Cand2.
4535 return false;
4536
4537 case ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable:
4538 // Do nothing.
4539 break;
4540 }
4541 }
4542
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004543 // -- for some argument j, ICSj(F1) is a better conversion sequence than
Douglas Gregord3cb3562009-07-07 23:38:56 +00004544 // ICSj(F2), or, if not that,
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004545 if (HasBetterConversion)
4546 return true;
4547
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004548 // - F1 is a non-template function and F2 is a function template
Douglas Gregord3cb3562009-07-07 23:38:56 +00004549 // specialization, or, if not that,
4550 if (Cand1.Function && !Cand1.Function->getPrimaryTemplate() &&
4551 Cand2.Function && Cand2.Function->getPrimaryTemplate())
4552 return true;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004553
4554 // -- F1 and F2 are function template specializations, and the function
4555 // template for F1 is more specialized than the template for F2
4556 // according to the partial ordering rules described in 14.5.5.2, or,
Douglas Gregord3cb3562009-07-07 23:38:56 +00004557 // if not that,
Douglas Gregor55137cb2009-08-02 23:46:29 +00004558 if (Cand1.Function && Cand1.Function->getPrimaryTemplate() &&
4559 Cand2.Function && Cand2.Function->getPrimaryTemplate())
Douglas Gregor05155d82009-08-21 23:19:43 +00004560 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *BetterTemplate
4561 = getMoreSpecializedTemplate(Cand1.Function->getPrimaryTemplate(),
4562 Cand2.Function->getPrimaryTemplate(),
John McCallbc077cf2010-02-08 23:07:23 +00004563 Loc,
Douglas Gregor6010da02009-09-14 23:02:14 +00004564 isa<CXXConversionDecl>(Cand1.Function)? TPOC_Conversion
4565 : TPOC_Call))
Douglas Gregor05155d82009-08-21 23:19:43 +00004566 return BetterTemplate == Cand1.Function->getPrimaryTemplate();
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004567
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00004568 // -- the context is an initialization by user-defined conversion
4569 // (see 8.5, 13.3.1.5) and the standard conversion sequence
4570 // from the return type of F1 to the destination type (i.e.,
4571 // the type of the entity being initialized) is a better
4572 // conversion sequence than the standard conversion sequence
4573 // from the return type of F2 to the destination type.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004574 if (Cand1.Function && Cand2.Function &&
4575 isa<CXXConversionDecl>(Cand1.Function) &&
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00004576 isa<CXXConversionDecl>(Cand2.Function)) {
4577 switch (CompareStandardConversionSequences(Cand1.FinalConversion,
4578 Cand2.FinalConversion)) {
4579 case ImplicitConversionSequence::Better:
4580 // Cand1 has a better conversion sequence.
4581 return true;
4582
4583 case ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse:
4584 // Cand1 can't be better than Cand2.
4585 return false;
4586
4587 case ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable:
4588 // Do nothing
4589 break;
4590 }
4591 }
4592
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004593 return false;
4594}
4595
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004596/// \brief Computes the best viable function (C++ 13.3.3)
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00004597/// within an overload candidate set.
4598///
4599/// \param CandidateSet the set of candidate functions.
4600///
4601/// \param Loc the location of the function name (or operator symbol) for
4602/// which overload resolution occurs.
4603///
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004604/// \param Best f overload resolution was successful or found a deleted
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00004605/// function, Best points to the candidate function found.
4606///
4607/// \returns The result of overload resolution.
Douglas Gregor3e1e5272009-12-09 23:02:17 +00004608OverloadingResult Sema::BestViableFunction(OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
4609 SourceLocation Loc,
4610 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator& Best) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004611 // Find the best viable function.
4612 Best = CandidateSet.end();
4613 for (OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Cand = CandidateSet.begin();
4614 Cand != CandidateSet.end(); ++Cand) {
4615 if (Cand->Viable) {
John McCallbc077cf2010-02-08 23:07:23 +00004616 if (Best == CandidateSet.end() ||
4617 isBetterOverloadCandidate(*Cand, *Best, Loc))
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004618 Best = Cand;
4619 }
4620 }
4621
4622 // If we didn't find any viable functions, abort.
4623 if (Best == CandidateSet.end())
4624 return OR_No_Viable_Function;
4625
4626 // Make sure that this function is better than every other viable
4627 // function. If not, we have an ambiguity.
4628 for (OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Cand = CandidateSet.begin();
4629 Cand != CandidateSet.end(); ++Cand) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004630 if (Cand->Viable &&
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004631 Cand != Best &&
John McCallbc077cf2010-02-08 23:07:23 +00004632 !isBetterOverloadCandidate(*Best, *Cand, Loc)) {
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00004633 Best = CandidateSet.end();
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004634 return OR_Ambiguous;
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00004635 }
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004636 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004637
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004638 // Best is the best viable function.
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00004639 if (Best->Function &&
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004640 (Best->Function->isDeleted() ||
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00004641 Best->Function->getAttr<UnavailableAttr>()))
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00004642 return OR_Deleted;
4643
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00004644 // C++ [basic.def.odr]p2:
4645 // An overloaded function is used if it is selected by overload resolution
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004646 // when referred to from a potentially-evaluated expression. [Note: this
4647 // covers calls to named functions (5.2.2), operator overloading
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00004648 // (clause 13), user-defined conversions (12.3.2), allocation function for
4649 // placement new (5.3.4), as well as non-default initialization (8.5).
4650 if (Best->Function)
4651 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, Best->Function);
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004652 return OR_Success;
4653}
4654
John McCall53262c92010-01-12 02:15:36 +00004655namespace {
4656
4657enum OverloadCandidateKind {
4658 oc_function,
4659 oc_method,
4660 oc_constructor,
John McCalle1ac8d12010-01-13 00:25:19 +00004661 oc_function_template,
4662 oc_method_template,
4663 oc_constructor_template,
John McCall53262c92010-01-12 02:15:36 +00004664 oc_implicit_default_constructor,
4665 oc_implicit_copy_constructor,
John McCalle1ac8d12010-01-13 00:25:19 +00004666 oc_implicit_copy_assignment
John McCall53262c92010-01-12 02:15:36 +00004667};
4668
John McCalle1ac8d12010-01-13 00:25:19 +00004669OverloadCandidateKind ClassifyOverloadCandidate(Sema &S,
4670 FunctionDecl *Fn,
4671 std::string &Description) {
4672 bool isTemplate = false;
4673
4674 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = Fn->getPrimaryTemplate()) {
4675 isTemplate = true;
4676 Description = S.getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(
4677 FunTmpl->getTemplateParameters(), *Fn->getTemplateSpecializationArgs());
4678 }
John McCallfd0b2f82010-01-06 09:43:14 +00004679
4680 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Fn)) {
John McCall53262c92010-01-12 02:15:36 +00004681 if (!Ctor->isImplicit())
John McCalle1ac8d12010-01-13 00:25:19 +00004682 return isTemplate ? oc_constructor_template : oc_constructor;
John McCallfd0b2f82010-01-06 09:43:14 +00004683
John McCall53262c92010-01-12 02:15:36 +00004684 return Ctor->isCopyConstructor() ? oc_implicit_copy_constructor
4685 : oc_implicit_default_constructor;
John McCallfd0b2f82010-01-06 09:43:14 +00004686 }
4687
4688 if (CXXMethodDecl *Meth = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Fn)) {
4689 // This actually gets spelled 'candidate function' for now, but
4690 // it doesn't hurt to split it out.
John McCall53262c92010-01-12 02:15:36 +00004691 if (!Meth->isImplicit())
John McCalle1ac8d12010-01-13 00:25:19 +00004692 return isTemplate ? oc_method_template : oc_method;
John McCallfd0b2f82010-01-06 09:43:14 +00004693
4694 assert(Meth->isCopyAssignment()
4695 && "implicit method is not copy assignment operator?");
John McCall53262c92010-01-12 02:15:36 +00004696 return oc_implicit_copy_assignment;
4697 }
4698
John McCalle1ac8d12010-01-13 00:25:19 +00004699 return isTemplate ? oc_function_template : oc_function;
John McCall53262c92010-01-12 02:15:36 +00004700}
4701
4702} // end anonymous namespace
4703
4704// Notes the location of an overload candidate.
4705void Sema::NoteOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Fn) {
John McCalle1ac8d12010-01-13 00:25:19 +00004706 std::string FnDesc;
4707 OverloadCandidateKind K = ClassifyOverloadCandidate(*this, Fn, FnDesc);
4708 Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate)
4709 << (unsigned) K << FnDesc;
John McCallfd0b2f82010-01-06 09:43:14 +00004710}
4711
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00004712/// Diagnoses an ambiguous conversion. The partial diagnostic is the
4713/// "lead" diagnostic; it will be given two arguments, the source and
4714/// target types of the conversion.
4715void Sema::DiagnoseAmbiguousConversion(const ImplicitConversionSequence &ICS,
4716 SourceLocation CaretLoc,
4717 const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag) {
4718 Diag(CaretLoc, PDiag)
4719 << ICS.Ambiguous.getFromType() << ICS.Ambiguous.getToType();
4720 for (AmbiguousConversionSequence::const_iterator
4721 I = ICS.Ambiguous.begin(), E = ICS.Ambiguous.end(); I != E; ++I) {
4722 NoteOverloadCandidate(*I);
4723 }
John McCall12f97bc2010-01-08 04:41:39 +00004724}
4725
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00004726namespace {
4727
John McCall6a61b522010-01-13 09:16:55 +00004728void DiagnoseBadConversion(Sema &S, OverloadCandidate *Cand, unsigned I) {
4729 const ImplicitConversionSequence &Conv = Cand->Conversions[I];
4730 assert(Conv.isBad());
John McCalle1ac8d12010-01-13 00:25:19 +00004731 assert(Cand->Function && "for now, candidate must be a function");
4732 FunctionDecl *Fn = Cand->Function;
4733
4734 // There's a conversion slot for the object argument if this is a
4735 // non-constructor method. Note that 'I' corresponds the
4736 // conversion-slot index.
John McCall6a61b522010-01-13 09:16:55 +00004737 bool isObjectArgument = false;
John McCalle1ac8d12010-01-13 00:25:19 +00004738 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Fn) && !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Fn)) {
John McCall6a61b522010-01-13 09:16:55 +00004739 if (I == 0)
4740 isObjectArgument = true;
4741 else
4742 I--;
John McCalle1ac8d12010-01-13 00:25:19 +00004743 }
4744
John McCalle1ac8d12010-01-13 00:25:19 +00004745 std::string FnDesc;
4746 OverloadCandidateKind FnKind = ClassifyOverloadCandidate(S, Fn, FnDesc);
4747
John McCall6a61b522010-01-13 09:16:55 +00004748 Expr *FromExpr = Conv.Bad.FromExpr;
4749 QualType FromTy = Conv.Bad.getFromType();
4750 QualType ToTy = Conv.Bad.getToType();
John McCalle1ac8d12010-01-13 00:25:19 +00004751
John McCallfb7ad0f2010-02-02 02:42:52 +00004752 if (FromTy == S.Context.OverloadTy) {
John McCall65eb8792010-02-25 01:37:24 +00004753 assert(FromExpr && "overload set argument came from implicit argument?");
John McCallfb7ad0f2010-02-02 02:42:52 +00004754 Expr *E = FromExpr->IgnoreParens();
4755 if (isa<UnaryOperator>(E))
4756 E = cast<UnaryOperator>(E)->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens();
John McCall1acbbb52010-02-02 06:20:04 +00004757 DeclarationName Name = cast<OverloadExpr>(E)->getName();
John McCallfb7ad0f2010-02-02 02:42:52 +00004758
4759 S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_bad_overload)
4760 << (unsigned) FnKind << FnDesc
4761 << (FromExpr ? FromExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange())
4762 << ToTy << Name << I+1;
4763 return;
4764 }
4765
John McCall6d174642010-01-23 08:10:49 +00004766 // Do some hand-waving analysis to see if the non-viability is due
4767 // to a qualifier mismatch.
John McCall47000992010-01-14 03:28:57 +00004768 CanQualType CFromTy = S.Context.getCanonicalType(FromTy);
4769 CanQualType CToTy = S.Context.getCanonicalType(ToTy);
4770 if (CanQual<ReferenceType> RT = CToTy->getAs<ReferenceType>())
4771 CToTy = RT->getPointeeType();
4772 else {
4773 // TODO: detect and diagnose the full richness of const mismatches.
4774 if (CanQual<PointerType> FromPT = CFromTy->getAs<PointerType>())
4775 if (CanQual<PointerType> ToPT = CToTy->getAs<PointerType>())
4776 CFromTy = FromPT->getPointeeType(), CToTy = ToPT->getPointeeType();
4777 }
4778
4779 if (CToTy.getUnqualifiedType() == CFromTy.getUnqualifiedType() &&
4780 !CToTy.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(CFromTy)) {
4781 // It is dumb that we have to do this here.
4782 while (isa<ArrayType>(CFromTy))
4783 CFromTy = CFromTy->getAs<ArrayType>()->getElementType();
4784 while (isa<ArrayType>(CToTy))
4785 CToTy = CFromTy->getAs<ArrayType>()->getElementType();
4786
4787 Qualifiers FromQs = CFromTy.getQualifiers();
4788 Qualifiers ToQs = CToTy.getQualifiers();
4789
4790 if (FromQs.getAddressSpace() != ToQs.getAddressSpace()) {
4791 S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_bad_addrspace)
4792 << (unsigned) FnKind << FnDesc
4793 << (FromExpr ? FromExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange())
4794 << FromTy
4795 << FromQs.getAddressSpace() << ToQs.getAddressSpace()
4796 << (unsigned) isObjectArgument << I+1;
4797 return;
4798 }
4799
4800 unsigned CVR = FromQs.getCVRQualifiers() & ~ToQs.getCVRQualifiers();
4801 assert(CVR && "unexpected qualifiers mismatch");
4802
4803 if (isObjectArgument) {
4804 S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_bad_cvr_this)
4805 << (unsigned) FnKind << FnDesc
4806 << (FromExpr ? FromExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange())
4807 << FromTy << (CVR - 1);
4808 } else {
4809 S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_bad_cvr)
4810 << (unsigned) FnKind << FnDesc
4811 << (FromExpr ? FromExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange())
4812 << FromTy << (CVR - 1) << I+1;
4813 }
4814 return;
4815 }
4816
John McCall6d174642010-01-23 08:10:49 +00004817 // Diagnose references or pointers to incomplete types differently,
4818 // since it's far from impossible that the incompleteness triggered
4819 // the failure.
4820 QualType TempFromTy = FromTy.getNonReferenceType();
4821 if (const PointerType *PTy = TempFromTy->getAs<PointerType>())
4822 TempFromTy = PTy->getPointeeType();
4823 if (TempFromTy->isIncompleteType()) {
4824 S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_bad_conv_incomplete)
4825 << (unsigned) FnKind << FnDesc
4826 << (FromExpr ? FromExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange())
4827 << FromTy << ToTy << (unsigned) isObjectArgument << I+1;
4828 return;
4829 }
4830
John McCall47000992010-01-14 03:28:57 +00004831 // TODO: specialize more based on the kind of mismatch
John McCalle1ac8d12010-01-13 00:25:19 +00004832 S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_bad_conv)
4833 << (unsigned) FnKind << FnDesc
John McCall6a61b522010-01-13 09:16:55 +00004834 << (FromExpr ? FromExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange())
John McCalla1709fd2010-01-14 00:56:20 +00004835 << FromTy << ToTy << (unsigned) isObjectArgument << I+1;
John McCall6a61b522010-01-13 09:16:55 +00004836}
4837
4838void DiagnoseArityMismatch(Sema &S, OverloadCandidate *Cand,
4839 unsigned NumFormalArgs) {
4840 // TODO: treat calls to a missing default constructor as a special case
4841
4842 FunctionDecl *Fn = Cand->Function;
4843 const FunctionProtoType *FnTy = Fn->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
4844
4845 unsigned MinParams = Fn->getMinRequiredArguments();
4846
4847 // at least / at most / exactly
4848 unsigned mode, modeCount;
4849 if (NumFormalArgs < MinParams) {
4850 assert(Cand->FailureKind == ovl_fail_too_few_arguments);
4851 if (MinParams != FnTy->getNumArgs() || FnTy->isVariadic())
4852 mode = 0; // "at least"
4853 else
4854 mode = 2; // "exactly"
4855 modeCount = MinParams;
4856 } else {
4857 assert(Cand->FailureKind == ovl_fail_too_many_arguments);
4858 if (MinParams != FnTy->getNumArgs())
4859 mode = 1; // "at most"
4860 else
4861 mode = 2; // "exactly"
4862 modeCount = FnTy->getNumArgs();
4863 }
4864
4865 std::string Description;
4866 OverloadCandidateKind FnKind = ClassifyOverloadCandidate(S, Fn, Description);
4867
4868 S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_arity)
4869 << (unsigned) FnKind << Description << mode << modeCount << NumFormalArgs;
John McCalle1ac8d12010-01-13 00:25:19 +00004870}
4871
John McCall8b9ed552010-02-01 18:53:26 +00004872/// Diagnose a failed template-argument deduction.
4873void DiagnoseBadDeduction(Sema &S, OverloadCandidate *Cand,
4874 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs) {
4875 FunctionDecl *Fn = Cand->Function; // pattern
4876
4877 TemplateParameter Param = TemplateParameter::getFromOpaqueValue(
4878 Cand->DeductionFailure.TemplateParameter);
4879
4880 switch (Cand->DeductionFailure.Result) {
4881 case Sema::TDK_Success:
4882 llvm_unreachable("TDK_success while diagnosing bad deduction");
4883
4884 case Sema::TDK_Incomplete: {
4885 NamedDecl *ParamD;
4886 (ParamD = Param.dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl*>()) ||
4887 (ParamD = Param.dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl*>()) ||
4888 (ParamD = Param.dyn_cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl*>());
4889 assert(ParamD && "no parameter found for incomplete deduction result");
4890 S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_incomplete_deduction)
4891 << ParamD->getDeclName();
4892 return;
4893 }
4894
4895 // TODO: diagnose these individually, then kill off
4896 // note_ovl_candidate_bad_deduction, which is uselessly vague.
4897 case Sema::TDK_InstantiationDepth:
4898 case Sema::TDK_Inconsistent:
4899 case Sema::TDK_InconsistentQuals:
4900 case Sema::TDK_SubstitutionFailure:
4901 case Sema::TDK_NonDeducedMismatch:
4902 case Sema::TDK_TooManyArguments:
4903 case Sema::TDK_TooFewArguments:
4904 case Sema::TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments:
4905 case Sema::TDK_FailedOverloadResolution:
4906 S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_bad_deduction);
4907 return;
4908 }
4909}
4910
4911/// Generates a 'note' diagnostic for an overload candidate. We've
4912/// already generated a primary error at the call site.
4913///
4914/// It really does need to be a single diagnostic with its caret
4915/// pointed at the candidate declaration. Yes, this creates some
4916/// major challenges of technical writing. Yes, this makes pointing
4917/// out problems with specific arguments quite awkward. It's still
4918/// better than generating twenty screens of text for every failed
4919/// overload.
4920///
4921/// It would be great to be able to express per-candidate problems
4922/// more richly for those diagnostic clients that cared, but we'd
4923/// still have to be just as careful with the default diagnostics.
John McCalle1ac8d12010-01-13 00:25:19 +00004924void NoteFunctionCandidate(Sema &S, OverloadCandidate *Cand,
4925 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs) {
John McCall53262c92010-01-12 02:15:36 +00004926 FunctionDecl *Fn = Cand->Function;
4927
John McCall12f97bc2010-01-08 04:41:39 +00004928 // Note deleted candidates, but only if they're viable.
John McCall53262c92010-01-12 02:15:36 +00004929 if (Cand->Viable && (Fn->isDeleted() || Fn->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>())) {
John McCalle1ac8d12010-01-13 00:25:19 +00004930 std::string FnDesc;
4931 OverloadCandidateKind FnKind = ClassifyOverloadCandidate(S, Fn, FnDesc);
John McCall53262c92010-01-12 02:15:36 +00004932
4933 S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_deleted)
John McCalle1ac8d12010-01-13 00:25:19 +00004934 << FnKind << FnDesc << Fn->isDeleted();
John McCalld3224162010-01-08 00:58:21 +00004935 return;
John McCall12f97bc2010-01-08 04:41:39 +00004936 }
4937
John McCalle1ac8d12010-01-13 00:25:19 +00004938 // We don't really have anything else to say about viable candidates.
4939 if (Cand->Viable) {
4940 S.NoteOverloadCandidate(Fn);
4941 return;
4942 }
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00004943
John McCall6a61b522010-01-13 09:16:55 +00004944 switch (Cand->FailureKind) {
4945 case ovl_fail_too_many_arguments:
4946 case ovl_fail_too_few_arguments:
4947 return DiagnoseArityMismatch(S, Cand, NumArgs);
John McCalle1ac8d12010-01-13 00:25:19 +00004948
John McCall6a61b522010-01-13 09:16:55 +00004949 case ovl_fail_bad_deduction:
John McCall8b9ed552010-02-01 18:53:26 +00004950 return DiagnoseBadDeduction(S, Cand, Args, NumArgs);
4951
John McCallfe796dd2010-01-23 05:17:32 +00004952 case ovl_fail_trivial_conversion:
4953 case ovl_fail_bad_final_conversion:
Douglas Gregor2c326bc2010-04-12 23:42:09 +00004954 case ovl_fail_final_conversion_not_exact:
John McCall6a61b522010-01-13 09:16:55 +00004955 return S.NoteOverloadCandidate(Fn);
John McCalle1ac8d12010-01-13 00:25:19 +00004956
John McCall65eb8792010-02-25 01:37:24 +00004957 case ovl_fail_bad_conversion: {
4958 unsigned I = (Cand->IgnoreObjectArgument ? 1 : 0);
4959 for (unsigned N = Cand->Conversions.size(); I != N; ++I)
John McCall6a61b522010-01-13 09:16:55 +00004960 if (Cand->Conversions[I].isBad())
4961 return DiagnoseBadConversion(S, Cand, I);
4962
4963 // FIXME: this currently happens when we're called from SemaInit
4964 // when user-conversion overload fails. Figure out how to handle
4965 // those conditions and diagnose them well.
4966 return S.NoteOverloadCandidate(Fn);
John McCalle1ac8d12010-01-13 00:25:19 +00004967 }
John McCall65eb8792010-02-25 01:37:24 +00004968 }
John McCalld3224162010-01-08 00:58:21 +00004969}
4970
4971void NoteSurrogateCandidate(Sema &S, OverloadCandidate *Cand) {
4972 // Desugar the type of the surrogate down to a function type,
4973 // retaining as many typedefs as possible while still showing
4974 // the function type (and, therefore, its parameter types).
4975 QualType FnType = Cand->Surrogate->getConversionType();
4976 bool isLValueReference = false;
4977 bool isRValueReference = false;
4978 bool isPointer = false;
4979 if (const LValueReferenceType *FnTypeRef =
4980 FnType->getAs<LValueReferenceType>()) {
4981 FnType = FnTypeRef->getPointeeType();
4982 isLValueReference = true;
4983 } else if (const RValueReferenceType *FnTypeRef =
4984 FnType->getAs<RValueReferenceType>()) {
4985 FnType = FnTypeRef->getPointeeType();
4986 isRValueReference = true;
4987 }
4988 if (const PointerType *FnTypePtr = FnType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
4989 FnType = FnTypePtr->getPointeeType();
4990 isPointer = true;
4991 }
4992 // Desugar down to a function type.
4993 FnType = QualType(FnType->getAs<FunctionType>(), 0);
4994 // Reconstruct the pointer/reference as appropriate.
4995 if (isPointer) FnType = S.Context.getPointerType(FnType);
4996 if (isRValueReference) FnType = S.Context.getRValueReferenceType(FnType);
4997 if (isLValueReference) FnType = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(FnType);
4998
4999 S.Diag(Cand->Surrogate->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_surrogate_cand)
5000 << FnType;
5001}
5002
5003void NoteBuiltinOperatorCandidate(Sema &S,
5004 const char *Opc,
5005 SourceLocation OpLoc,
5006 OverloadCandidate *Cand) {
5007 assert(Cand->Conversions.size() <= 2 && "builtin operator is not binary");
5008 std::string TypeStr("operator");
5009 TypeStr += Opc;
5010 TypeStr += "(";
5011 TypeStr += Cand->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0].getAsString();
5012 if (Cand->Conversions.size() == 1) {
5013 TypeStr += ")";
5014 S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::note_ovl_builtin_unary_candidate) << TypeStr;
5015 } else {
5016 TypeStr += ", ";
5017 TypeStr += Cand->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[1].getAsString();
5018 TypeStr += ")";
5019 S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::note_ovl_builtin_binary_candidate) << TypeStr;
5020 }
5021}
5022
5023void NoteAmbiguousUserConversions(Sema &S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
5024 OverloadCandidate *Cand) {
5025 unsigned NoOperands = Cand->Conversions.size();
5026 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NoOperands; ++ArgIdx) {
5027 const ImplicitConversionSequence &ICS = Cand->Conversions[ArgIdx];
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00005028 if (ICS.isBad()) break; // all meaningless after first invalid
5029 if (!ICS.isAmbiguous()) continue;
5030
5031 S.DiagnoseAmbiguousConversion(ICS, OpLoc,
Douglas Gregor89336232010-03-29 23:34:08 +00005032 S.PDiag(diag::note_ambiguous_type_conversion));
John McCalld3224162010-01-08 00:58:21 +00005033 }
5034}
5035
John McCall3712d9e2010-01-15 23:32:50 +00005036SourceLocation GetLocationForCandidate(const OverloadCandidate *Cand) {
5037 if (Cand->Function)
5038 return Cand->Function->getLocation();
John McCall982adb52010-01-16 03:50:16 +00005039 if (Cand->IsSurrogate)
John McCall3712d9e2010-01-15 23:32:50 +00005040 return Cand->Surrogate->getLocation();
5041 return SourceLocation();
5042}
5043
John McCallad2587a2010-01-12 00:48:53 +00005044struct CompareOverloadCandidatesForDisplay {
5045 Sema &S;
5046 CompareOverloadCandidatesForDisplay(Sema &S) : S(S) {}
John McCall12f97bc2010-01-08 04:41:39 +00005047
5048 bool operator()(const OverloadCandidate *L,
5049 const OverloadCandidate *R) {
John McCall982adb52010-01-16 03:50:16 +00005050 // Fast-path this check.
5051 if (L == R) return false;
5052
John McCall12f97bc2010-01-08 04:41:39 +00005053 // Order first by viability.
John McCallad2587a2010-01-12 00:48:53 +00005054 if (L->Viable) {
5055 if (!R->Viable) return true;
5056
5057 // TODO: introduce a tri-valued comparison for overload
5058 // candidates. Would be more worthwhile if we had a sort
5059 // that could exploit it.
John McCallbc077cf2010-02-08 23:07:23 +00005060 if (S.isBetterOverloadCandidate(*L, *R, SourceLocation())) return true;
5061 if (S.isBetterOverloadCandidate(*R, *L, SourceLocation())) return false;
John McCallad2587a2010-01-12 00:48:53 +00005062 } else if (R->Viable)
5063 return false;
John McCall12f97bc2010-01-08 04:41:39 +00005064
John McCall3712d9e2010-01-15 23:32:50 +00005065 assert(L->Viable == R->Viable);
John McCall12f97bc2010-01-08 04:41:39 +00005066
John McCall3712d9e2010-01-15 23:32:50 +00005067 // Criteria by which we can sort non-viable candidates:
5068 if (!L->Viable) {
5069 // 1. Arity mismatches come after other candidates.
5070 if (L->FailureKind == ovl_fail_too_many_arguments ||
5071 L->FailureKind == ovl_fail_too_few_arguments)
5072 return false;
5073 if (R->FailureKind == ovl_fail_too_many_arguments ||
5074 R->FailureKind == ovl_fail_too_few_arguments)
5075 return true;
John McCall12f97bc2010-01-08 04:41:39 +00005076
John McCallfe796dd2010-01-23 05:17:32 +00005077 // 2. Bad conversions come first and are ordered by the number
5078 // of bad conversions and quality of good conversions.
5079 if (L->FailureKind == ovl_fail_bad_conversion) {
5080 if (R->FailureKind != ovl_fail_bad_conversion)
5081 return true;
5082
5083 // If there's any ordering between the defined conversions...
5084 // FIXME: this might not be transitive.
5085 assert(L->Conversions.size() == R->Conversions.size());
5086
5087 int leftBetter = 0;
John McCall21b57fa2010-02-25 10:46:05 +00005088 unsigned I = (L->IgnoreObjectArgument || R->IgnoreObjectArgument);
5089 for (unsigned E = L->Conversions.size(); I != E; ++I) {
John McCallfe796dd2010-01-23 05:17:32 +00005090 switch (S.CompareImplicitConversionSequences(L->Conversions[I],
5091 R->Conversions[I])) {
5092 case ImplicitConversionSequence::Better:
5093 leftBetter++;
5094 break;
5095
5096 case ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse:
5097 leftBetter--;
5098 break;
5099
5100 case ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable:
5101 break;
5102 }
5103 }
5104 if (leftBetter > 0) return true;
5105 if (leftBetter < 0) return false;
5106
5107 } else if (R->FailureKind == ovl_fail_bad_conversion)
5108 return false;
5109
John McCall3712d9e2010-01-15 23:32:50 +00005110 // TODO: others?
5111 }
5112
5113 // Sort everything else by location.
5114 SourceLocation LLoc = GetLocationForCandidate(L);
5115 SourceLocation RLoc = GetLocationForCandidate(R);
5116
5117 // Put candidates without locations (e.g. builtins) at the end.
5118 if (LLoc.isInvalid()) return false;
5119 if (RLoc.isInvalid()) return true;
5120
5121 return S.SourceMgr.isBeforeInTranslationUnit(LLoc, RLoc);
John McCall12f97bc2010-01-08 04:41:39 +00005122 }
5123};
5124
John McCallfe796dd2010-01-23 05:17:32 +00005125/// CompleteNonViableCandidate - Normally, overload resolution only
5126/// computes up to the first
5127void CompleteNonViableCandidate(Sema &S, OverloadCandidate *Cand,
5128 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs) {
5129 assert(!Cand->Viable);
5130
5131 // Don't do anything on failures other than bad conversion.
5132 if (Cand->FailureKind != ovl_fail_bad_conversion) return;
5133
5134 // Skip forward to the first bad conversion.
John McCall65eb8792010-02-25 01:37:24 +00005135 unsigned ConvIdx = (Cand->IgnoreObjectArgument ? 1 : 0);
John McCallfe796dd2010-01-23 05:17:32 +00005136 unsigned ConvCount = Cand->Conversions.size();
5137 while (true) {
5138 assert(ConvIdx != ConvCount && "no bad conversion in candidate");
5139 ConvIdx++;
5140 if (Cand->Conversions[ConvIdx - 1].isBad())
5141 break;
5142 }
5143
5144 if (ConvIdx == ConvCount)
5145 return;
5146
John McCall65eb8792010-02-25 01:37:24 +00005147 assert(!Cand->Conversions[ConvIdx].isInitialized() &&
5148 "remaining conversion is initialized?");
5149
John McCallfe796dd2010-01-23 05:17:32 +00005150 // FIXME: these should probably be preserved from the overload
5151 // operation somehow.
5152 bool SuppressUserConversions = false;
5153 bool ForceRValue = false;
5154
5155 const FunctionProtoType* Proto;
5156 unsigned ArgIdx = ConvIdx;
5157
5158 if (Cand->IsSurrogate) {
5159 QualType ConvType
5160 = Cand->Surrogate->getConversionType().getNonReferenceType();
5161 if (const PointerType *ConvPtrType = ConvType->getAs<PointerType>())
5162 ConvType = ConvPtrType->getPointeeType();
5163 Proto = ConvType->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
5164 ArgIdx--;
5165 } else if (Cand->Function) {
5166 Proto = Cand->Function->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
5167 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Cand->Function) &&
5168 !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Cand->Function))
5169 ArgIdx--;
5170 } else {
5171 // Builtin binary operator with a bad first conversion.
5172 assert(ConvCount <= 3);
5173 for (; ConvIdx != ConvCount; ++ConvIdx)
5174 Cand->Conversions[ConvIdx]
5175 = S.TryCopyInitialization(Args[ConvIdx],
5176 Cand->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[ConvIdx],
5177 SuppressUserConversions, ForceRValue,
5178 /*InOverloadResolution*/ true);
5179 return;
5180 }
5181
5182 // Fill in the rest of the conversions.
5183 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
5184 for (; ConvIdx != ConvCount; ++ConvIdx, ++ArgIdx) {
5185 if (ArgIdx < NumArgsInProto)
5186 Cand->Conversions[ConvIdx]
5187 = S.TryCopyInitialization(Args[ArgIdx], Proto->getArgType(ArgIdx),
5188 SuppressUserConversions, ForceRValue,
5189 /*InOverloadResolution=*/true);
5190 else
5191 Cand->Conversions[ConvIdx].setEllipsis();
5192 }
5193}
5194
John McCalld3224162010-01-08 00:58:21 +00005195} // end anonymous namespace
5196
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00005197/// PrintOverloadCandidates - When overload resolution fails, prints
5198/// diagnostic messages containing the candidates in the candidate
John McCall12f97bc2010-01-08 04:41:39 +00005199/// set.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005200void
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00005201Sema::PrintOverloadCandidates(OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
John McCall12f97bc2010-01-08 04:41:39 +00005202 OverloadCandidateDisplayKind OCD,
John McCallad907772010-01-12 07:18:19 +00005203 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
Fariborz Jahaniane7196432009-10-12 20:11:40 +00005204 const char *Opc,
Fariborz Jahanian29f9d392009-10-09 00:13:15 +00005205 SourceLocation OpLoc) {
John McCall12f97bc2010-01-08 04:41:39 +00005206 // Sort the candidates by viability and position. Sorting directly would
5207 // be prohibitive, so we make a set of pointers and sort those.
5208 llvm::SmallVector<OverloadCandidate*, 32> Cands;
5209 if (OCD == OCD_AllCandidates) Cands.reserve(CandidateSet.size());
5210 for (OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Cand = CandidateSet.begin(),
5211 LastCand = CandidateSet.end();
John McCallfe796dd2010-01-23 05:17:32 +00005212 Cand != LastCand; ++Cand) {
5213 if (Cand->Viable)
John McCall12f97bc2010-01-08 04:41:39 +00005214 Cands.push_back(Cand);
John McCallfe796dd2010-01-23 05:17:32 +00005215 else if (OCD == OCD_AllCandidates) {
5216 CompleteNonViableCandidate(*this, Cand, Args, NumArgs);
5217 Cands.push_back(Cand);
5218 }
5219 }
5220
John McCallad2587a2010-01-12 00:48:53 +00005221 std::sort(Cands.begin(), Cands.end(),
5222 CompareOverloadCandidatesForDisplay(*this));
John McCall12f97bc2010-01-08 04:41:39 +00005223
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00005224 bool ReportedAmbiguousConversions = false;
John McCalld3224162010-01-08 00:58:21 +00005225
John McCall12f97bc2010-01-08 04:41:39 +00005226 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<OverloadCandidate*>::iterator I, E;
5227 for (I = Cands.begin(), E = Cands.end(); I != E; ++I) {
5228 OverloadCandidate *Cand = *I;
Douglas Gregor4fc308b2008-11-21 02:54:28 +00005229
John McCalld3224162010-01-08 00:58:21 +00005230 if (Cand->Function)
John McCalle1ac8d12010-01-13 00:25:19 +00005231 NoteFunctionCandidate(*this, Cand, Args, NumArgs);
John McCalld3224162010-01-08 00:58:21 +00005232 else if (Cand->IsSurrogate)
5233 NoteSurrogateCandidate(*this, Cand);
5234
5235 // This a builtin candidate. We do not, in general, want to list
5236 // every possible builtin candidate.
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00005237 else if (Cand->Viable) {
5238 // Generally we only see ambiguities including viable builtin
5239 // operators if overload resolution got screwed up by an
5240 // ambiguous user-defined conversion.
5241 //
5242 // FIXME: It's quite possible for different conversions to see
5243 // different ambiguities, though.
5244 if (!ReportedAmbiguousConversions) {
5245 NoteAmbiguousUserConversions(*this, OpLoc, Cand);
5246 ReportedAmbiguousConversions = true;
5247 }
John McCalld3224162010-01-08 00:58:21 +00005248
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00005249 // If this is a viable builtin, print it.
John McCalld3224162010-01-08 00:58:21 +00005250 NoteBuiltinOperatorCandidate(*this, Opc, OpLoc, Cand);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00005251 }
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00005252 }
5253}
5254
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00005255static bool CheckUnresolvedAccess(Sema &S, OverloadExpr *E, DeclAccessPair D) {
John McCall58cc69d2010-01-27 01:50:18 +00005256 if (isa<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(E))
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00005257 return S.CheckUnresolvedLookupAccess(cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(E), D);
John McCall58cc69d2010-01-27 01:50:18 +00005258
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00005259 return S.CheckUnresolvedMemberAccess(cast<UnresolvedMemberExpr>(E), D);
John McCall58cc69d2010-01-27 01:50:18 +00005260}
5261
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005262/// ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction - Try to resolve the address of
5263/// an overloaded function (C++ [over.over]), where @p From is an
5264/// expression with overloaded function type and @p ToType is the type
5265/// we're trying to resolve to. For example:
5266///
5267/// @code
5268/// int f(double);
5269/// int f(int);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005270///
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005271/// int (*pfd)(double) = f; // selects f(double)
5272/// @endcode
5273///
5274/// This routine returns the resulting FunctionDecl if it could be
5275/// resolved, and NULL otherwise. When @p Complain is true, this
5276/// routine will emit diagnostics if there is an error.
5277FunctionDecl *
Sebastian Redl18f8ff62009-02-04 21:23:32 +00005278Sema::ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00005279 bool Complain,
5280 DeclAccessPair &FoundResult) {
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005281 QualType FunctionType = ToType;
Sebastian Redl18f8ff62009-02-04 21:23:32 +00005282 bool IsMember = false;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005283 if (const PointerType *ToTypePtr = ToType->getAs<PointerType>())
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005284 FunctionType = ToTypePtr->getPointeeType();
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005285 else if (const ReferenceType *ToTypeRef = ToType->getAs<ReferenceType>())
Daniel Dunbarb566c6c2009-02-26 19:13:44 +00005286 FunctionType = ToTypeRef->getPointeeType();
Sebastian Redl18f8ff62009-02-04 21:23:32 +00005287 else if (const MemberPointerType *MemTypePtr =
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005288 ToType->getAs<MemberPointerType>()) {
Sebastian Redl18f8ff62009-02-04 21:23:32 +00005289 FunctionType = MemTypePtr->getPointeeType();
5290 IsMember = true;
5291 }
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005292
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005293 // C++ [over.over]p1:
5294 // [...] [Note: any redundant set of parentheses surrounding the
5295 // overloaded function name is ignored (5.1). ]
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005296 // C++ [over.over]p1:
5297 // [...] The overloaded function name can be preceded by the &
5298 // operator.
John McCall1acbbb52010-02-02 06:20:04 +00005299 OverloadExpr *OvlExpr = OverloadExpr::find(From).getPointer();
5300 TemplateArgumentListInfo ETABuffer, *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0;
5301 if (OvlExpr->hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) {
5302 OvlExpr->getExplicitTemplateArgs().copyInto(ETABuffer);
5303 ExplicitTemplateArgs = &ETABuffer;
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005304 }
Douglas Gregor064fdb22010-04-14 23:11:21 +00005305
5306 // We expect a pointer or reference to function, or a function pointer.
5307 FunctionType = Context.getCanonicalType(FunctionType).getUnqualifiedType();
5308 if (!FunctionType->isFunctionType()) {
5309 if (Complain)
5310 Diag(From->getLocStart(), diag::err_addr_ovl_not_func_ptrref)
5311 << OvlExpr->getName() << ToType;
5312
5313 return 0;
5314 }
5315
5316 assert(From->getType() == Context.OverloadTy);
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005317
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005318 // Look through all of the overloaded functions, searching for one
5319 // whose type matches exactly.
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00005320 llvm::SmallVector<std::pair<DeclAccessPair, FunctionDecl*>, 4> Matches;
Douglas Gregorb242683d2010-04-01 18:32:35 +00005321 llvm::SmallVector<FunctionDecl *, 4> NonMatches;
5322
Douglas Gregorb257e4f2009-07-08 23:33:52 +00005323 bool FoundNonTemplateFunction = false;
John McCall1acbbb52010-02-02 06:20:04 +00005324 for (UnresolvedSetIterator I = OvlExpr->decls_begin(),
5325 E = OvlExpr->decls_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Chandler Carruthc25c6ee2009-12-29 06:17:27 +00005326 // Look through any using declarations to find the underlying function.
5327 NamedDecl *Fn = (*I)->getUnderlyingDecl();
5328
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005329 // C++ [over.over]p3:
5330 // Non-member functions and static member functions match
Sebastian Redl16d307d2009-02-05 12:33:33 +00005331 // targets of type "pointer-to-function" or "reference-to-function."
5332 // Nonstatic member functions match targets of
Sebastian Redl18f8ff62009-02-04 21:23:32 +00005333 // type "pointer-to-member-function."
5334 // Note that according to DR 247, the containing class does not matter.
Douglas Gregor9b146582009-07-08 20:55:45 +00005335
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005336 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate
Chandler Carruthc25c6ee2009-12-29 06:17:27 +00005337 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(Fn)) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005338 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method
Douglas Gregorb257e4f2009-07-08 23:33:52 +00005339 = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl())) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005340 // Skip non-static function templates when converting to pointer, and
Douglas Gregorb257e4f2009-07-08 23:33:52 +00005341 // static when converting to member pointer.
5342 if (Method->isStatic() == IsMember)
5343 continue;
5344 } else if (IsMember)
5345 continue;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005346
Douglas Gregorb257e4f2009-07-08 23:33:52 +00005347 // C++ [over.over]p2:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005348 // If the name is a function template, template argument deduction is
5349 // done (14.8.2.2), and if the argument deduction succeeds, the
5350 // resulting template argument list is used to generate a single
5351 // function template specialization, which is added to the set of
Douglas Gregorb257e4f2009-07-08 23:33:52 +00005352 // overloaded functions considered.
Douglas Gregor3a923c2d2009-09-24 23:14:47 +00005353 // FIXME: We don't really want to build the specialization here, do we?
Douglas Gregor9b146582009-07-08 20:55:45 +00005354 FunctionDecl *Specialization = 0;
John McCallbc077cf2010-02-08 23:07:23 +00005355 TemplateDeductionInfo Info(Context, OvlExpr->getNameLoc());
Douglas Gregor9b146582009-07-08 20:55:45 +00005356 if (TemplateDeductionResult Result
John McCall1acbbb52010-02-02 06:20:04 +00005357 = DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplate, ExplicitTemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregor9b146582009-07-08 20:55:45 +00005358 FunctionType, Specialization, Info)) {
5359 // FIXME: make a note of the failed deduction for diagnostics.
5360 (void)Result;
5361 } else {
Douglas Gregor3a923c2d2009-09-24 23:14:47 +00005362 // FIXME: If the match isn't exact, shouldn't we just drop this as
5363 // a candidate? Find a testcase before changing the code.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005364 assert(FunctionType
Douglas Gregor9b146582009-07-08 20:55:45 +00005365 == Context.getCanonicalType(Specialization->getType()));
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00005366 Matches.push_back(std::make_pair(I.getPair(),
5367 cast<FunctionDecl>(Specialization->getCanonicalDecl())));
Douglas Gregor9b146582009-07-08 20:55:45 +00005368 }
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00005369
5370 continue;
Douglas Gregor9b146582009-07-08 20:55:45 +00005371 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005372
Chandler Carruthc25c6ee2009-12-29 06:17:27 +00005373 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Fn)) {
Sebastian Redl18f8ff62009-02-04 21:23:32 +00005374 // Skip non-static functions when converting to pointer, and static
5375 // when converting to member pointer.
5376 if (Method->isStatic() == IsMember)
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005377 continue;
Douglas Gregord3319842009-10-24 04:59:53 +00005378
5379 // If we have explicit template arguments, skip non-templates.
John McCall1acbbb52010-02-02 06:20:04 +00005380 if (OvlExpr->hasExplicitTemplateArgs())
Douglas Gregord3319842009-10-24 04:59:53 +00005381 continue;
Douglas Gregorb257e4f2009-07-08 23:33:52 +00005382 } else if (IsMember)
Sebastian Redl18f8ff62009-02-04 21:23:32 +00005383 continue;
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005384
Chandler Carruthc25c6ee2009-12-29 06:17:27 +00005385 if (FunctionDecl *FunDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Fn)) {
Douglas Gregor40cb9ad2009-12-09 00:47:37 +00005386 QualType ResultTy;
5387 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FunctionType, FunDecl->getType()) ||
5388 IsNoReturnConversion(Context, FunDecl->getType(), FunctionType,
5389 ResultTy)) {
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00005390 Matches.push_back(std::make_pair(I.getPair(),
5391 cast<FunctionDecl>(FunDecl->getCanonicalDecl())));
Douglas Gregorb257e4f2009-07-08 23:33:52 +00005392 FoundNonTemplateFunction = true;
5393 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005394 }
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005395 }
5396
Douglas Gregorb257e4f2009-07-08 23:33:52 +00005397 // If there were 0 or 1 matches, we're done.
Douglas Gregor064fdb22010-04-14 23:11:21 +00005398 if (Matches.empty()) {
5399 if (Complain) {
5400 Diag(From->getLocStart(), diag::err_addr_ovl_no_viable)
5401 << OvlExpr->getName() << FunctionType;
5402 for (UnresolvedSetIterator I = OvlExpr->decls_begin(),
5403 E = OvlExpr->decls_end();
5404 I != E; ++I)
5405 if (FunctionDecl *F = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>((*I)->getUnderlyingDecl()))
5406 NoteOverloadCandidate(F);
5407 }
5408
Douglas Gregorb257e4f2009-07-08 23:33:52 +00005409 return 0;
Douglas Gregor064fdb22010-04-14 23:11:21 +00005410 } else if (Matches.size() == 1) {
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00005411 FunctionDecl *Result = Matches[0].second;
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00005412 FoundResult = Matches[0].first;
Sebastian Redldf4b80e2009-10-17 21:12:09 +00005413 MarkDeclarationReferenced(From->getLocStart(), Result);
John McCall58cc69d2010-01-27 01:50:18 +00005414 if (Complain)
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00005415 CheckAddressOfMemberAccess(OvlExpr, Matches[0].first);
Sebastian Redldf4b80e2009-10-17 21:12:09 +00005416 return Result;
5417 }
Douglas Gregorb257e4f2009-07-08 23:33:52 +00005418
5419 // C++ [over.over]p4:
5420 // If more than one function is selected, [...]
Douglas Gregorfae1d712009-09-26 03:56:17 +00005421 if (!FoundNonTemplateFunction) {
Douglas Gregor05155d82009-08-21 23:19:43 +00005422 // [...] and any given function template specialization F1 is
5423 // eliminated if the set contains a second function template
5424 // specialization whose function template is more specialized
5425 // than the function template of F1 according to the partial
5426 // ordering rules of 14.5.5.2.
5427
5428 // The algorithm specified above is quadratic. We instead use a
5429 // two-pass algorithm (similar to the one used to identify the
5430 // best viable function in an overload set) that identifies the
5431 // best function template (if it exists).
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00005432
5433 UnresolvedSet<4> MatchesCopy; // TODO: avoid!
5434 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Matches.size(); I != E; ++I)
5435 MatchesCopy.addDecl(Matches[I].second, Matches[I].first.getAccess());
John McCall58cc69d2010-01-27 01:50:18 +00005436
5437 UnresolvedSetIterator Result =
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00005438 getMostSpecialized(MatchesCopy.begin(), MatchesCopy.end(),
Sebastian Redldf4b80e2009-10-17 21:12:09 +00005439 TPOC_Other, From->getLocStart(),
5440 PDiag(),
5441 PDiag(diag::err_addr_ovl_ambiguous)
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00005442 << Matches[0].second->getDeclName(),
John McCalle1ac8d12010-01-13 00:25:19 +00005443 PDiag(diag::note_ovl_candidate)
5444 << (unsigned) oc_function_template);
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00005445 assert(Result != MatchesCopy.end() && "no most-specialized template");
John McCall58cc69d2010-01-27 01:50:18 +00005446 MarkDeclarationReferenced(From->getLocStart(), *Result);
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00005447 FoundResult = Matches[Result - MatchesCopy.begin()].first;
5448 if (Complain)
5449 CheckUnresolvedAccess(*this, OvlExpr, FoundResult);
John McCall58cc69d2010-01-27 01:50:18 +00005450 return cast<FunctionDecl>(*Result);
Douglas Gregorb257e4f2009-07-08 23:33:52 +00005451 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005452
Douglas Gregorfae1d712009-09-26 03:56:17 +00005453 // [...] any function template specializations in the set are
5454 // eliminated if the set also contains a non-template function, [...]
John McCall58cc69d2010-01-27 01:50:18 +00005455 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Matches.size(); I != N; ) {
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00005456 if (Matches[I].second->getPrimaryTemplate() == 0)
John McCall58cc69d2010-01-27 01:50:18 +00005457 ++I;
5458 else {
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00005459 Matches[I] = Matches[--N];
5460 Matches.set_size(N);
John McCall58cc69d2010-01-27 01:50:18 +00005461 }
5462 }
Douglas Gregorfae1d712009-09-26 03:56:17 +00005463
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005464 // [...] After such eliminations, if any, there shall remain exactly one
Douglas Gregorb257e4f2009-07-08 23:33:52 +00005465 // selected function.
John McCall58cc69d2010-01-27 01:50:18 +00005466 if (Matches.size() == 1) {
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00005467 MarkDeclarationReferenced(From->getLocStart(), Matches[0].second);
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00005468 FoundResult = Matches[0].first;
John McCall58cc69d2010-01-27 01:50:18 +00005469 if (Complain)
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00005470 CheckUnresolvedAccess(*this, OvlExpr, Matches[0].first);
5471 return cast<FunctionDecl>(Matches[0].second);
Sebastian Redldf4b80e2009-10-17 21:12:09 +00005472 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005473
Douglas Gregorb257e4f2009-07-08 23:33:52 +00005474 // FIXME: We should probably return the same thing that BestViableFunction
5475 // returns (even if we issue the diagnostics here).
5476 Diag(From->getLocStart(), diag::err_addr_ovl_ambiguous)
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00005477 << Matches[0].second->getDeclName();
5478 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Matches.size(); I != E; ++I)
5479 NoteOverloadCandidate(Matches[I].second);
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005480 return 0;
5481}
5482
Douglas Gregor8364e6b2009-12-21 23:17:24 +00005483/// \brief Given an expression that refers to an overloaded function, try to
5484/// resolve that overloaded function expression down to a single function.
5485///
5486/// This routine can only resolve template-ids that refer to a single function
5487/// template, where that template-id refers to a single template whose template
5488/// arguments are either provided by the template-id or have defaults,
5489/// as described in C++0x [temp.arg.explicit]p3.
5490FunctionDecl *Sema::ResolveSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(Expr *From) {
5491 // C++ [over.over]p1:
5492 // [...] [Note: any redundant set of parentheses surrounding the
5493 // overloaded function name is ignored (5.1). ]
Douglas Gregor8364e6b2009-12-21 23:17:24 +00005494 // C++ [over.over]p1:
5495 // [...] The overloaded function name can be preceded by the &
5496 // operator.
John McCall1acbbb52010-02-02 06:20:04 +00005497
5498 if (From->getType() != Context.OverloadTy)
5499 return 0;
5500
5501 OverloadExpr *OvlExpr = OverloadExpr::find(From).getPointer();
Douglas Gregor8364e6b2009-12-21 23:17:24 +00005502
5503 // If we didn't actually find any template-ids, we're done.
John McCall1acbbb52010-02-02 06:20:04 +00005504 if (!OvlExpr->hasExplicitTemplateArgs())
Douglas Gregor8364e6b2009-12-21 23:17:24 +00005505 return 0;
John McCall1acbbb52010-02-02 06:20:04 +00005506
5507 TemplateArgumentListInfo ExplicitTemplateArgs;
5508 OvlExpr->getExplicitTemplateArgs().copyInto(ExplicitTemplateArgs);
Douglas Gregor8364e6b2009-12-21 23:17:24 +00005509
5510 // Look through all of the overloaded functions, searching for one
5511 // whose type matches exactly.
5512 FunctionDecl *Matched = 0;
John McCall1acbbb52010-02-02 06:20:04 +00005513 for (UnresolvedSetIterator I = OvlExpr->decls_begin(),
5514 E = OvlExpr->decls_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Douglas Gregor8364e6b2009-12-21 23:17:24 +00005515 // C++0x [temp.arg.explicit]p3:
5516 // [...] In contexts where deduction is done and fails, or in contexts
5517 // where deduction is not done, if a template argument list is
5518 // specified and it, along with any default template arguments,
5519 // identifies a single function template specialization, then the
5520 // template-id is an lvalue for the function template specialization.
5521 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*I);
5522
5523 // C++ [over.over]p2:
5524 // If the name is a function template, template argument deduction is
5525 // done (14.8.2.2), and if the argument deduction succeeds, the
5526 // resulting template argument list is used to generate a single
5527 // function template specialization, which is added to the set of
5528 // overloaded functions considered.
Douglas Gregor8364e6b2009-12-21 23:17:24 +00005529 FunctionDecl *Specialization = 0;
John McCallbc077cf2010-02-08 23:07:23 +00005530 TemplateDeductionInfo Info(Context, OvlExpr->getNameLoc());
Douglas Gregor8364e6b2009-12-21 23:17:24 +00005531 if (TemplateDeductionResult Result
5532 = DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplate, &ExplicitTemplateArgs,
5533 Specialization, Info)) {
5534 // FIXME: make a note of the failed deduction for diagnostics.
5535 (void)Result;
5536 continue;
5537 }
5538
5539 // Multiple matches; we can't resolve to a single declaration.
5540 if (Matched)
5541 return 0;
5542
5543 Matched = Specialization;
5544 }
5545
5546 return Matched;
5547}
5548
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00005549/// \brief Add a single candidate to the overload set.
5550static void AddOverloadedCallCandidate(Sema &S,
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00005551 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00005552 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00005553 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
5554 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet,
5555 bool PartialOverloading) {
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00005556 NamedDecl *Callee = FoundDecl.getDecl();
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00005557 if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(Callee))
5558 Callee = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Callee)->getTargetDecl();
5559
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00005560 if (FunctionDecl *Func = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Callee)) {
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00005561 assert(!ExplicitTemplateArgs && "Explicit template arguments?");
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00005562 S.AddOverloadCandidate(Func, FoundDecl, Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet,
Douglas Gregorb05275a2010-04-16 17:41:49 +00005563 false, PartialOverloading);
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00005564 return;
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00005565 }
5566
5567 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FuncTemplate
5568 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(Callee)) {
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00005569 S.AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FuncTemplate, FoundDecl,
5570 ExplicitTemplateArgs,
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00005571 Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet);
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00005572 return;
5573 }
5574
5575 assert(false && "unhandled case in overloaded call candidate");
5576
5577 // do nothing?
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00005578}
5579
5580/// \brief Add the overload candidates named by callee and/or found by argument
5581/// dependent lookup to the given overload set.
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00005582void Sema::AddOverloadedCallCandidates(UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE,
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00005583 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
5584 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet,
5585 bool PartialOverloading) {
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00005586
5587#ifndef NDEBUG
5588 // Verify that ArgumentDependentLookup is consistent with the rules
5589 // in C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00005590 //
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00005591 // Let X be the lookup set produced by unqualified lookup (3.4.1)
5592 // and let Y be the lookup set produced by argument dependent
5593 // lookup (defined as follows). If X contains
5594 //
5595 // -- a declaration of a class member, or
5596 //
5597 // -- a block-scope function declaration that is not a
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00005598 // using-declaration, or
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00005599 //
5600 // -- a declaration that is neither a function or a function
5601 // template
5602 //
5603 // then Y is empty.
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00005604
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00005605 if (ULE->requiresADL()) {
5606 for (UnresolvedLookupExpr::decls_iterator I = ULE->decls_begin(),
5607 E = ULE->decls_end(); I != E; ++I) {
5608 assert(!(*I)->getDeclContext()->isRecord());
5609 assert(isa<UsingShadowDecl>(*I) ||
5610 !(*I)->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod());
5611 assert((*I)->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate());
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00005612 }
5613 }
5614#endif
5615
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00005616 // It would be nice to avoid this copy.
5617 TemplateArgumentListInfo TABuffer;
5618 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0;
5619 if (ULE->hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) {
5620 ULE->copyTemplateArgumentsInto(TABuffer);
5621 ExplicitTemplateArgs = &TABuffer;
5622 }
5623
5624 for (UnresolvedLookupExpr::decls_iterator I = ULE->decls_begin(),
5625 E = ULE->decls_end(); I != E; ++I)
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00005626 AddOverloadedCallCandidate(*this, I.getPair(), ExplicitTemplateArgs,
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00005627 Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet,
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00005628 PartialOverloading);
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00005629
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00005630 if (ULE->requiresADL())
John McCall4c4c1df2010-01-26 03:27:55 +00005631 AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(ULE->getName(), /*Operator*/ false,
5632 Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00005633 ExplicitTemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00005634 CandidateSet,
5635 PartialOverloading);
5636}
John McCalld681c392009-12-16 08:11:27 +00005637
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00005638static Sema::OwningExprResult Destroy(Sema &SemaRef, Expr *Fn,
5639 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs) {
5640 Fn->Destroy(SemaRef.Context);
5641 for (unsigned Arg = 0; Arg < NumArgs; ++Arg)
5642 Args[Arg]->Destroy(SemaRef.Context);
5643 return SemaRef.ExprError();
5644}
5645
John McCalld681c392009-12-16 08:11:27 +00005646/// Attempts to recover from a call where no functions were found.
5647///
5648/// Returns true if new candidates were found.
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00005649static Sema::OwningExprResult
Douglas Gregor2fb18b72010-04-14 20:27:54 +00005650BuildRecoveryCallExpr(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, Expr *Fn,
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00005651 UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE,
5652 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
5653 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
5654 SourceLocation *CommaLocs,
5655 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
John McCalld681c392009-12-16 08:11:27 +00005656
5657 CXXScopeSpec SS;
5658 if (ULE->getQualifier()) {
5659 SS.setScopeRep(ULE->getQualifier());
5660 SS.setRange(ULE->getQualifierRange());
5661 }
5662
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00005663 TemplateArgumentListInfo TABuffer;
5664 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0;
5665 if (ULE->hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) {
5666 ULE->copyTemplateArgumentsInto(TABuffer);
5667 ExplicitTemplateArgs = &TABuffer;
5668 }
5669
John McCalld681c392009-12-16 08:11:27 +00005670 LookupResult R(SemaRef, ULE->getName(), ULE->getNameLoc(),
5671 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName);
Douglas Gregor2fb18b72010-04-14 20:27:54 +00005672 if (SemaRef.DiagnoseEmptyLookup(S, SS, R))
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00005673 return Destroy(SemaRef, Fn, Args, NumArgs);
John McCalld681c392009-12-16 08:11:27 +00005674
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00005675 assert(!R.empty() && "lookup results empty despite recovery");
5676
5677 // Build an implicit member call if appropriate. Just drop the
5678 // casts and such from the call, we don't really care.
5679 Sema::OwningExprResult NewFn = SemaRef.ExprError();
5680 if ((*R.begin())->isCXXClassMember())
5681 NewFn = SemaRef.BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, R, ExplicitTemplateArgs);
5682 else if (ExplicitTemplateArgs)
5683 NewFn = SemaRef.BuildTemplateIdExpr(SS, R, false, *ExplicitTemplateArgs);
5684 else
5685 NewFn = SemaRef.BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R, false);
5686
5687 if (NewFn.isInvalid())
5688 return Destroy(SemaRef, Fn, Args, NumArgs);
5689
5690 Fn->Destroy(SemaRef.Context);
5691
5692 // This shouldn't cause an infinite loop because we're giving it
5693 // an expression with non-empty lookup results, which should never
5694 // end up here.
5695 return SemaRef.ActOnCallExpr(/*Scope*/ 0, move(NewFn), LParenLoc,
5696 Sema::MultiExprArg(SemaRef, (void**) Args, NumArgs),
5697 CommaLocs, RParenLoc);
John McCalld681c392009-12-16 08:11:27 +00005698}
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00005699
Douglas Gregor99dcbff2008-11-26 05:54:23 +00005700/// ResolveOverloadedCallFn - Given the call expression that calls Fn
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00005701/// (which eventually refers to the declaration Func) and the call
5702/// arguments Args/NumArgs, attempt to resolve the function call down
5703/// to a specific function. If overload resolution succeeds, returns
5704/// the function declaration produced by overload
Douglas Gregora60a6912008-11-26 06:01:48 +00005705/// resolution. Otherwise, emits diagnostics, deletes all of the
Douglas Gregor99dcbff2008-11-26 05:54:23 +00005706/// arguments and Fn, and returns NULL.
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00005707Sema::OwningExprResult
Douglas Gregor2fb18b72010-04-14 20:27:54 +00005708Sema::BuildOverloadedCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE,
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00005709 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
5710 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
5711 SourceLocation *CommaLocs,
5712 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
5713#ifndef NDEBUG
5714 if (ULE->requiresADL()) {
5715 // To do ADL, we must have found an unqualified name.
5716 assert(!ULE->getQualifier() && "qualified name with ADL");
5717
5718 // We don't perform ADL for implicit declarations of builtins.
5719 // Verify that this was correctly set up.
5720 FunctionDecl *F;
5721 if (ULE->decls_begin() + 1 == ULE->decls_end() &&
5722 (F = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*ULE->decls_begin())) &&
5723 F->getBuiltinID() && F->isImplicit())
5724 assert(0 && "performing ADL for builtin");
5725
5726 // We don't perform ADL in C.
5727 assert(getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && "ADL enabled in C");
5728 }
5729#endif
5730
John McCallbc077cf2010-02-08 23:07:23 +00005731 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(Fn->getExprLoc());
Douglas Gregorb8a9a412009-02-04 15:01:18 +00005732
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00005733 // Add the functions denoted by the callee to the set of candidate
5734 // functions, including those from argument-dependent lookup.
5735 AddOverloadedCallCandidates(ULE, Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet);
John McCalld681c392009-12-16 08:11:27 +00005736
5737 // If we found nothing, try to recover.
5738 // AddRecoveryCallCandidates diagnoses the error itself, so we just
5739 // bailout out if it fails.
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00005740 if (CandidateSet.empty())
Douglas Gregor2fb18b72010-04-14 20:27:54 +00005741 return BuildRecoveryCallExpr(*this, S, Fn, ULE, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00005742 CommaLocs, RParenLoc);
John McCalld681c392009-12-16 08:11:27 +00005743
Douglas Gregor99dcbff2008-11-26 05:54:23 +00005744 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005745 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, Fn->getLocStart(), Best)) {
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00005746 case OR_Success: {
5747 FunctionDecl *FDecl = Best->Function;
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00005748 CheckUnresolvedLookupAccess(ULE, Best->FoundDecl);
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00005749 Fn = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(Fn, Best->FoundDecl, FDecl);
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00005750 return BuildResolvedCallExpr(Fn, FDecl, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs, RParenLoc);
5751 }
Douglas Gregor99dcbff2008-11-26 05:54:23 +00005752
5753 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
Chris Lattner45d9d602009-02-17 07:29:20 +00005754 Diag(Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
Douglas Gregor99dcbff2008-11-26 05:54:23 +00005755 diag::err_ovl_no_viable_function_in_call)
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00005756 << ULE->getName() << Fn->getSourceRange();
John McCallad907772010-01-12 07:18:19 +00005757 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_AllCandidates, Args, NumArgs);
Douglas Gregor99dcbff2008-11-26 05:54:23 +00005758 break;
5759
5760 case OR_Ambiguous:
5761 Diag(Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_call)
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00005762 << ULE->getName() << Fn->getSourceRange();
John McCallad907772010-01-12 07:18:19 +00005763 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_ViableCandidates, Args, NumArgs);
Douglas Gregor99dcbff2008-11-26 05:54:23 +00005764 break;
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00005765
5766 case OR_Deleted:
5767 Diag(Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::err_ovl_deleted_call)
5768 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00005769 << ULE->getName()
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00005770 << Fn->getSourceRange();
John McCallad907772010-01-12 07:18:19 +00005771 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_AllCandidates, Args, NumArgs);
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00005772 break;
Douglas Gregor99dcbff2008-11-26 05:54:23 +00005773 }
5774
5775 // Overload resolution failed. Destroy all of the subexpressions and
5776 // return NULL.
5777 Fn->Destroy(Context);
5778 for (unsigned Arg = 0; Arg < NumArgs; ++Arg)
5779 Args[Arg]->Destroy(Context);
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00005780 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor99dcbff2008-11-26 05:54:23 +00005781}
5782
John McCall4c4c1df2010-01-26 03:27:55 +00005783static bool IsOverloaded(const UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions) {
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +00005784 return Functions.size() > 1 ||
5785 (Functions.size() == 1 && isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*Functions.begin()));
5786}
5787
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005788/// \brief Create a unary operation that may resolve to an overloaded
5789/// operator.
5790///
5791/// \param OpLoc The location of the operator itself (e.g., '*').
5792///
5793/// \param OpcIn The UnaryOperator::Opcode that describes this
5794/// operator.
5795///
5796/// \param Functions The set of non-member functions that will be
5797/// considered by overload resolution. The caller needs to build this
5798/// set based on the context using, e.g.,
5799/// LookupOverloadedOperatorName() and ArgumentDependentLookup(). This
5800/// set should not contain any member functions; those will be added
5801/// by CreateOverloadedUnaryOp().
5802///
5803/// \param input The input argument.
John McCall4c4c1df2010-01-26 03:27:55 +00005804Sema::OwningExprResult
5805Sema::CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, unsigned OpcIn,
5806 const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns,
5807 ExprArg input) {
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005808 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = static_cast<UnaryOperator::Opcode>(OpcIn);
5809 Expr *Input = (Expr *)input.get();
5810
5811 OverloadedOperatorKind Op = UnaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
5812 assert(Op != OO_None && "Invalid opcode for overloaded unary operator");
5813 DeclarationName OpName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Op);
5814
5815 Expr *Args[2] = { Input, 0 };
5816 unsigned NumArgs = 1;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005817
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005818 // For post-increment and post-decrement, add the implicit '0' as
5819 // the second argument, so that we know this is a post-increment or
5820 // post-decrement.
5821 if (Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc || Opc == UnaryOperator::PostDec) {
5822 llvm::APSInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), false);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005823 Args[1] = new (Context) IntegerLiteral(Zero, Context.IntTy,
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005824 SourceLocation());
5825 NumArgs = 2;
5826 }
5827
5828 if (Input->isTypeDependent()) {
John McCall58cc69d2010-01-27 01:50:18 +00005829 CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass = 0; // because lookup ignores member operators
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00005830 UnresolvedLookupExpr *Fn
John McCall58cc69d2010-01-27 01:50:18 +00005831 = UnresolvedLookupExpr::Create(Context, /*Dependent*/ true, NamingClass,
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00005832 0, SourceRange(), OpName, OpLoc,
John McCall4c4c1df2010-01-26 03:27:55 +00005833 /*ADL*/ true, IsOverloaded(Fns));
5834 Fn->addDecls(Fns.begin(), Fns.end());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005835
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005836 input.release();
5837 return Owned(new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, Op, Fn,
5838 &Args[0], NumArgs,
5839 Context.DependentTy,
5840 OpLoc));
5841 }
5842
5843 // Build an empty overload set.
John McCallbc077cf2010-02-08 23:07:23 +00005844 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(OpLoc);
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005845
5846 // Add the candidates from the given function set.
John McCall4c4c1df2010-01-26 03:27:55 +00005847 AddFunctionCandidates(Fns, &Args[0], NumArgs, CandidateSet, false);
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005848
5849 // Add operator candidates that are member functions.
5850 AddMemberOperatorCandidates(Op, OpLoc, &Args[0], NumArgs, CandidateSet);
5851
John McCall4c4c1df2010-01-26 03:27:55 +00005852 // Add candidates from ADL.
5853 AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(OpName, /*Operator*/ true,
Douglas Gregor6ec89d42010-02-05 05:15:43 +00005854 Args, NumArgs,
John McCall4c4c1df2010-01-26 03:27:55 +00005855 /*ExplicitTemplateArgs*/ 0,
5856 CandidateSet);
5857
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005858 // Add builtin operator candidates.
Douglas Gregorc02cfe22009-10-21 23:19:44 +00005859 AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(Op, OpLoc, &Args[0], NumArgs, CandidateSet);
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005860
5861 // Perform overload resolution.
5862 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005863 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, OpLoc, Best)) {
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005864 case OR_Success: {
5865 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
5866 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005867
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005868 if (FnDecl) {
5869 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
5870 // operator.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005871
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005872 // Convert the arguments.
5873 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00005874 CheckMemberOperatorAccess(OpLoc, Args[0], 0, Best->FoundDecl);
John McCallb3a44002010-01-28 01:42:12 +00005875
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00005876 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Input, /*Qualifier=*/0,
5877 Best->FoundDecl, Method))
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005878 return ExprError();
5879 } else {
5880 // Convert the arguments.
Douglas Gregore6600372009-12-23 17:40:29 +00005881 OwningExprResult InputInit
5882 = PerformCopyInitialization(InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(
Douglas Gregor8d48e9a2009-12-23 00:02:00 +00005883 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)),
Douglas Gregore6600372009-12-23 17:40:29 +00005884 SourceLocation(),
5885 move(input));
5886 if (InputInit.isInvalid())
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005887 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor8d48e9a2009-12-23 00:02:00 +00005888
Douglas Gregore6600372009-12-23 17:40:29 +00005889 input = move(InputInit);
Douglas Gregor8d48e9a2009-12-23 00:02:00 +00005890 Input = (Expr *)input.get();
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005891 }
5892
5893 // Determine the result type
Anders Carlssonf64a3da2009-10-13 21:19:37 +00005894 QualType ResultTy = FnDecl->getResultType().getNonReferenceType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005895
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005896 // Build the actual expression node.
5897 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
5898 SourceLocation());
5899 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005900
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005901 input.release();
Eli Friedman030eee42009-11-18 03:58:17 +00005902 Args[0] = Input;
Anders Carlssonf64a3da2009-10-13 21:19:37 +00005903 ExprOwningPtr<CallExpr> TheCall(this,
5904 new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, Op, FnExpr,
Eli Friedman030eee42009-11-18 03:58:17 +00005905 Args, NumArgs, ResultTy, OpLoc));
Anders Carlssonf64a3da2009-10-13 21:19:37 +00005906
5907 if (CheckCallReturnType(FnDecl->getResultType(), OpLoc, TheCall.get(),
5908 FnDecl))
5909 return ExprError();
5910
5911 return MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.release());
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005912 } else {
5913 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
5914 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
5915 // operator node.
5916 if (PerformImplicitConversion(Input, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
Douglas Gregor7c3bbdf2009-12-16 03:45:30 +00005917 Best->Conversions[0], AA_Passing))
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005918 return ExprError();
5919
5920 break;
5921 }
5922 }
5923
5924 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
5925 // No viable function; fall through to handling this as a
5926 // built-in operator, which will produce an error message for us.
5927 break;
5928
5929 case OR_Ambiguous:
5930 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
5931 << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
5932 << Input->getSourceRange();
John McCallad907772010-01-12 07:18:19 +00005933 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_ViableCandidates, Args, NumArgs,
Fariborz Jahaniane7196432009-10-12 20:11:40 +00005934 UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc), OpLoc);
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005935 return ExprError();
5936
5937 case OR_Deleted:
5938 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
5939 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
5940 << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
5941 << Input->getSourceRange();
John McCallad907772010-01-12 07:18:19 +00005942 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_AllCandidates, Args, NumArgs);
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005943 return ExprError();
5944 }
5945
5946 // Either we found no viable overloaded operator or we matched a
5947 // built-in operator. In either case, fall through to trying to
5948 // build a built-in operation.
5949 input.release();
5950 return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Owned(Input));
5951}
5952
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005953/// \brief Create a binary operation that may resolve to an overloaded
5954/// operator.
5955///
5956/// \param OpLoc The location of the operator itself (e.g., '+').
5957///
5958/// \param OpcIn The BinaryOperator::Opcode that describes this
5959/// operator.
5960///
5961/// \param Functions The set of non-member functions that will be
5962/// considered by overload resolution. The caller needs to build this
5963/// set based on the context using, e.g.,
5964/// LookupOverloadedOperatorName() and ArgumentDependentLookup(). This
5965/// set should not contain any member functions; those will be added
5966/// by CreateOverloadedBinOp().
5967///
5968/// \param LHS Left-hand argument.
5969/// \param RHS Right-hand argument.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005970Sema::OwningExprResult
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005971Sema::CreateOverloadedBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005972 unsigned OpcIn,
John McCall4c4c1df2010-01-26 03:27:55 +00005973 const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns,
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005974 Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS) {
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005975 Expr *Args[2] = { LHS, RHS };
Douglas Gregore9899d92009-08-26 17:08:25 +00005976 LHS=RHS=0; //Please use only Args instead of LHS/RHS couple
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005977
5978 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = static_cast<BinaryOperator::Opcode>(OpcIn);
5979 OverloadedOperatorKind Op = BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
5980 DeclarationName OpName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Op);
5981
5982 // If either side is type-dependent, create an appropriate dependent
5983 // expression.
Douglas Gregore9899d92009-08-26 17:08:25 +00005984 if (Args[0]->isTypeDependent() || Args[1]->isTypeDependent()) {
John McCall4c4c1df2010-01-26 03:27:55 +00005985 if (Fns.empty()) {
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00005986 // If there are no functions to store, just build a dependent
5987 // BinaryOperator or CompoundAssignment.
5988 if (Opc <= BinaryOperator::Assign || Opc > BinaryOperator::OrAssign)
5989 return Owned(new (Context) BinaryOperator(Args[0], Args[1], Opc,
5990 Context.DependentTy, OpLoc));
5991
5992 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundAssignOperator(Args[0], Args[1], Opc,
5993 Context.DependentTy,
5994 Context.DependentTy,
5995 Context.DependentTy,
5996 OpLoc));
5997 }
John McCall4c4c1df2010-01-26 03:27:55 +00005998
5999 // FIXME: save results of ADL from here?
John McCall58cc69d2010-01-27 01:50:18 +00006000 CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass = 0; // because lookup ignores member operators
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00006001 UnresolvedLookupExpr *Fn
John McCall58cc69d2010-01-27 01:50:18 +00006002 = UnresolvedLookupExpr::Create(Context, /*Dependent*/ true, NamingClass,
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00006003 0, SourceRange(), OpName, OpLoc,
John McCall4c4c1df2010-01-26 03:27:55 +00006004 /*ADL*/ true, IsOverloaded(Fns));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006005
John McCall4c4c1df2010-01-26 03:27:55 +00006006 Fn->addDecls(Fns.begin(), Fns.end());
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006007 return Owned(new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, Op, Fn,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006008 Args, 2,
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006009 Context.DependentTy,
6010 OpLoc));
6011 }
6012
6013 // If this is the .* operator, which is not overloadable, just
6014 // create a built-in binary operator.
6015 if (Opc == BinaryOperator::PtrMemD)
Douglas Gregore9899d92009-08-26 17:08:25 +00006016 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, Args[0], Args[1]);
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006017
Sebastian Redl6a96bf72009-11-18 23:10:33 +00006018 // If this is the assignment operator, we only perform overload resolution
6019 // if the left-hand side is a class or enumeration type. This is actually
6020 // a hack. The standard requires that we do overload resolution between the
6021 // various built-in candidates, but as DR507 points out, this can lead to
6022 // problems. So we do it this way, which pretty much follows what GCC does.
6023 // Note that we go the traditional code path for compound assignment forms.
6024 if (Opc==BinaryOperator::Assign && !Args[0]->getType()->isOverloadableType())
Douglas Gregore9899d92009-08-26 17:08:25 +00006025 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, Args[0], Args[1]);
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006026
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006027 // Build an empty overload set.
John McCallbc077cf2010-02-08 23:07:23 +00006028 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(OpLoc);
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006029
6030 // Add the candidates from the given function set.
John McCall4c4c1df2010-01-26 03:27:55 +00006031 AddFunctionCandidates(Fns, Args, 2, CandidateSet, false);
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006032
6033 // Add operator candidates that are member functions.
6034 AddMemberOperatorCandidates(Op, OpLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
6035
John McCall4c4c1df2010-01-26 03:27:55 +00006036 // Add candidates from ADL.
6037 AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(OpName, /*Operator*/ true,
6038 Args, 2,
6039 /*ExplicitTemplateArgs*/ 0,
6040 CandidateSet);
6041
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006042 // Add builtin operator candidates.
Douglas Gregorc02cfe22009-10-21 23:19:44 +00006043 AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(Op, OpLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006044
6045 // Perform overload resolution.
6046 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006047 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, OpLoc, Best)) {
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00006048 case OR_Success: {
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006049 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
6050 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
6051
6052 if (FnDecl) {
6053 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
6054 // operator.
6055
6056 // Convert the arguments.
6057 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
John McCallb3a44002010-01-28 01:42:12 +00006058 // Best->Access is only meaningful for class members.
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00006059 CheckMemberOperatorAccess(OpLoc, Args[0], Args[1], Best->FoundDecl);
John McCallb3a44002010-01-28 01:42:12 +00006060
Douglas Gregor0a70c4d2009-12-22 21:44:34 +00006061 OwningExprResult Arg1
6062 = PerformCopyInitialization(
6063 InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(
6064 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)),
6065 SourceLocation(),
6066 Owned(Args[1]));
6067 if (Arg1.isInvalid())
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006068 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor0a70c4d2009-12-22 21:44:34 +00006069
Douglas Gregorcc3f3252010-03-03 23:55:11 +00006070 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Args[0], /*Qualifier=*/0,
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00006071 Best->FoundDecl, Method))
Douglas Gregor0a70c4d2009-12-22 21:44:34 +00006072 return ExprError();
6073
6074 Args[1] = RHS = Arg1.takeAs<Expr>();
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006075 } else {
6076 // Convert the arguments.
Douglas Gregor0a70c4d2009-12-22 21:44:34 +00006077 OwningExprResult Arg0
6078 = PerformCopyInitialization(
6079 InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(
6080 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)),
6081 SourceLocation(),
6082 Owned(Args[0]));
6083 if (Arg0.isInvalid())
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006084 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor0a70c4d2009-12-22 21:44:34 +00006085
6086 OwningExprResult Arg1
6087 = PerformCopyInitialization(
6088 InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(
6089 FnDecl->getParamDecl(1)),
6090 SourceLocation(),
6091 Owned(Args[1]));
6092 if (Arg1.isInvalid())
6093 return ExprError();
6094 Args[0] = LHS = Arg0.takeAs<Expr>();
6095 Args[1] = RHS = Arg1.takeAs<Expr>();
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006096 }
6097
6098 // Determine the result type
6099 QualType ResultTy
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00006100 = FnDecl->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType();
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006101 ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonReferenceType();
6102
6103 // Build the actual expression node.
6104 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
Argyrios Kyrtzidisef1c1e52009-07-14 03:19:38 +00006105 OpLoc);
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006106 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
6107
Anders Carlssone4f4b5e2009-10-13 22:43:21 +00006108 ExprOwningPtr<CXXOperatorCallExpr>
6109 TheCall(this, new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, Op, FnExpr,
6110 Args, 2, ResultTy,
6111 OpLoc));
6112
6113 if (CheckCallReturnType(FnDecl->getResultType(), OpLoc, TheCall.get(),
6114 FnDecl))
6115 return ExprError();
6116
6117 return MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.release());
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006118 } else {
6119 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
6120 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
6121 // operator node.
Douglas Gregore9899d92009-08-26 17:08:25 +00006122 if (PerformImplicitConversion(Args[0], Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
Douglas Gregor7c3bbdf2009-12-16 03:45:30 +00006123 Best->Conversions[0], AA_Passing) ||
Douglas Gregore9899d92009-08-26 17:08:25 +00006124 PerformImplicitConversion(Args[1], Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[1],
Douglas Gregor7c3bbdf2009-12-16 03:45:30 +00006125 Best->Conversions[1], AA_Passing))
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006126 return ExprError();
6127
6128 break;
6129 }
6130 }
6131
Douglas Gregor66950a32009-09-30 21:46:01 +00006132 case OR_No_Viable_Function: {
6133 // C++ [over.match.oper]p9:
6134 // If the operator is the operator , [...] and there are no
6135 // viable functions, then the operator is assumed to be the
6136 // built-in operator and interpreted according to clause 5.
6137 if (Opc == BinaryOperator::Comma)
6138 break;
6139
Sebastian Redl027de2a2009-05-21 11:50:50 +00006140 // For class as left operand for assignment or compound assigment operator
6141 // do not fall through to handling in built-in, but report that no overloaded
6142 // assignment operator found
Douglas Gregor66950a32009-09-30 21:46:01 +00006143 OwningExprResult Result = ExprError();
6144 if (Args[0]->getType()->isRecordType() &&
6145 Opc >= BinaryOperator::Assign && Opc <= BinaryOperator::OrAssign) {
Sebastian Redl027de2a2009-05-21 11:50:50 +00006146 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_no_viable_oper)
6147 << BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
Douglas Gregore9899d92009-08-26 17:08:25 +00006148 << Args[0]->getSourceRange() << Args[1]->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor66950a32009-09-30 21:46:01 +00006149 } else {
6150 // No viable function; try to create a built-in operation, which will
6151 // produce an error. Then, show the non-viable candidates.
6152 Result = CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, Args[0], Args[1]);
Sebastian Redl027de2a2009-05-21 11:50:50 +00006153 }
Douglas Gregor66950a32009-09-30 21:46:01 +00006154 assert(Result.isInvalid() &&
6155 "C++ binary operator overloading is missing candidates!");
6156 if (Result.isInvalid())
John McCallad907772010-01-12 07:18:19 +00006157 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_AllCandidates, Args, 2,
Fariborz Jahaniane7196432009-10-12 20:11:40 +00006158 BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc), OpLoc);
Douglas Gregor66950a32009-09-30 21:46:01 +00006159 return move(Result);
6160 }
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006161
6162 case OR_Ambiguous:
6163 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
6164 << BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
Douglas Gregore9899d92009-08-26 17:08:25 +00006165 << Args[0]->getSourceRange() << Args[1]->getSourceRange();
John McCallad907772010-01-12 07:18:19 +00006166 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_ViableCandidates, Args, 2,
Fariborz Jahaniane7196432009-10-12 20:11:40 +00006167 BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc), OpLoc);
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006168 return ExprError();
6169
6170 case OR_Deleted:
6171 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
6172 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
6173 << BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
Douglas Gregore9899d92009-08-26 17:08:25 +00006174 << Args[0]->getSourceRange() << Args[1]->getSourceRange();
John McCallad907772010-01-12 07:18:19 +00006175 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_AllCandidates, Args, 2);
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006176 return ExprError();
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00006177 }
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006178
Douglas Gregor66950a32009-09-30 21:46:01 +00006179 // We matched a built-in operator; build it.
Douglas Gregore9899d92009-08-26 17:08:25 +00006180 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, Args[0], Args[1]);
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006181}
6182
Sebastian Redladba46e2009-10-29 20:17:01 +00006183Action::OwningExprResult
6184Sema::CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(SourceLocation LLoc,
6185 SourceLocation RLoc,
6186 ExprArg Base, ExprArg Idx) {
6187 Expr *Args[2] = { static_cast<Expr*>(Base.get()),
6188 static_cast<Expr*>(Idx.get()) };
6189 DeclarationName OpName =
6190 Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Subscript);
6191
6192 // If either side is type-dependent, create an appropriate dependent
6193 // expression.
6194 if (Args[0]->isTypeDependent() || Args[1]->isTypeDependent()) {
6195
John McCall58cc69d2010-01-27 01:50:18 +00006196 CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass = 0; // because lookup ignores member operators
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00006197 UnresolvedLookupExpr *Fn
John McCall58cc69d2010-01-27 01:50:18 +00006198 = UnresolvedLookupExpr::Create(Context, /*Dependent*/ true, NamingClass,
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00006199 0, SourceRange(), OpName, LLoc,
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +00006200 /*ADL*/ true, /*Overloaded*/ false);
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00006201 // Can't add any actual overloads yet
Sebastian Redladba46e2009-10-29 20:17:01 +00006202
6203 Base.release();
6204 Idx.release();
6205 return Owned(new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OO_Subscript, Fn,
6206 Args, 2,
6207 Context.DependentTy,
6208 RLoc));
6209 }
6210
6211 // Build an empty overload set.
John McCallbc077cf2010-02-08 23:07:23 +00006212 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(LLoc);
Sebastian Redladba46e2009-10-29 20:17:01 +00006213
6214 // Subscript can only be overloaded as a member function.
6215
6216 // Add operator candidates that are member functions.
6217 AddMemberOperatorCandidates(OO_Subscript, LLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
6218
6219 // Add builtin operator candidates.
6220 AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OO_Subscript, LLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
6221
6222 // Perform overload resolution.
6223 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
6224 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, LLoc, Best)) {
6225 case OR_Success: {
6226 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
6227 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
6228
6229 if (FnDecl) {
6230 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
6231 // operator.
6232
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00006233 CheckMemberOperatorAccess(LLoc, Args[0], Args[1], Best->FoundDecl);
John McCall58cc69d2010-01-27 01:50:18 +00006234
Sebastian Redladba46e2009-10-29 20:17:01 +00006235 // Convert the arguments.
6236 CXXMethodDecl *Method = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl);
Douglas Gregorcc3f3252010-03-03 23:55:11 +00006237 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Args[0], /*Qualifier=*/0,
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00006238 Best->FoundDecl, Method))
Sebastian Redladba46e2009-10-29 20:17:01 +00006239 return ExprError();
6240
Anders Carlssona68e51e2010-01-29 18:37:50 +00006241 // Convert the arguments.
6242 OwningExprResult InputInit
6243 = PerformCopyInitialization(InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(
6244 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)),
6245 SourceLocation(),
6246 Owned(Args[1]));
6247 if (InputInit.isInvalid())
6248 return ExprError();
6249
6250 Args[1] = InputInit.takeAs<Expr>();
6251
Sebastian Redladba46e2009-10-29 20:17:01 +00006252 // Determine the result type
6253 QualType ResultTy
6254 = FnDecl->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType();
6255 ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonReferenceType();
6256
6257 // Build the actual expression node.
6258 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
6259 LLoc);
6260 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
6261
6262 Base.release();
6263 Idx.release();
6264 ExprOwningPtr<CXXOperatorCallExpr>
6265 TheCall(this, new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OO_Subscript,
6266 FnExpr, Args, 2,
6267 ResultTy, RLoc));
6268
6269 if (CheckCallReturnType(FnDecl->getResultType(), LLoc, TheCall.get(),
6270 FnDecl))
6271 return ExprError();
6272
6273 return MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.release());
6274 } else {
6275 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
6276 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
6277 // operator node.
6278 if (PerformImplicitConversion(Args[0], Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
Douglas Gregor7c3bbdf2009-12-16 03:45:30 +00006279 Best->Conversions[0], AA_Passing) ||
Sebastian Redladba46e2009-10-29 20:17:01 +00006280 PerformImplicitConversion(Args[1], Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[1],
Douglas Gregor7c3bbdf2009-12-16 03:45:30 +00006281 Best->Conversions[1], AA_Passing))
Sebastian Redladba46e2009-10-29 20:17:01 +00006282 return ExprError();
6283
6284 break;
6285 }
6286 }
6287
6288 case OR_No_Viable_Function: {
John McCall02374852010-01-07 02:04:15 +00006289 if (CandidateSet.empty())
6290 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_ovl_no_oper)
6291 << Args[0]->getType() << /*subscript*/ 0
6292 << Args[0]->getSourceRange() << Args[1]->getSourceRange();
6293 else
6294 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_ovl_no_viable_subscript)
6295 << Args[0]->getType()
6296 << Args[0]->getSourceRange() << Args[1]->getSourceRange();
John McCallad907772010-01-12 07:18:19 +00006297 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_AllCandidates, Args, 2,
John McCall02374852010-01-07 02:04:15 +00006298 "[]", LLoc);
6299 return ExprError();
Sebastian Redladba46e2009-10-29 20:17:01 +00006300 }
6301
6302 case OR_Ambiguous:
6303 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
6304 << "[]" << Args[0]->getSourceRange() << Args[1]->getSourceRange();
John McCallad907772010-01-12 07:18:19 +00006305 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_ViableCandidates, Args, 2,
Sebastian Redladba46e2009-10-29 20:17:01 +00006306 "[]", LLoc);
6307 return ExprError();
6308
6309 case OR_Deleted:
6310 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
6311 << Best->Function->isDeleted() << "[]"
6312 << Args[0]->getSourceRange() << Args[1]->getSourceRange();
John McCallad907772010-01-12 07:18:19 +00006313 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_AllCandidates, Args, 2,
John McCall12f97bc2010-01-08 04:41:39 +00006314 "[]", LLoc);
Sebastian Redladba46e2009-10-29 20:17:01 +00006315 return ExprError();
6316 }
6317
6318 // We matched a built-in operator; build it.
6319 Base.release();
6320 Idx.release();
6321 return CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(Owned(Args[0]), LLoc,
6322 Owned(Args[1]), RLoc);
6323}
6324
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00006325/// BuildCallToMemberFunction - Build a call to a member
6326/// function. MemExpr is the expression that refers to the member
6327/// function (and includes the object parameter), Args/NumArgs are the
6328/// arguments to the function call (not including the object
6329/// parameter). The caller needs to validate that the member
6330/// expression refers to a member function or an overloaded member
6331/// function.
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00006332Sema::OwningExprResult
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006333Sema::BuildCallToMemberFunction(Scope *S, Expr *MemExprE,
6334 SourceLocation LParenLoc, Expr **Args,
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00006335 unsigned NumArgs, SourceLocation *CommaLocs,
6336 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
6337 // Dig out the member expression. This holds both the object
6338 // argument and the member function we're referring to.
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00006339 Expr *NakedMemExpr = MemExprE->IgnoreParens();
6340
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00006341 MemberExpr *MemExpr;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00006342 CXXMethodDecl *Method = 0;
John McCall3a65ef42010-04-08 00:13:37 +00006343 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl = DeclAccessPair::make(0, AS_public);
Douglas Gregorcc3f3252010-03-03 23:55:11 +00006344 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier = 0;
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00006345 if (isa<MemberExpr>(NakedMemExpr)) {
6346 MemExpr = cast<MemberExpr>(NakedMemExpr);
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00006347 Method = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(MemExpr->getMemberDecl());
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00006348 FoundDecl = MemExpr->getFoundDecl();
Douglas Gregorcc3f3252010-03-03 23:55:11 +00006349 Qualifier = MemExpr->getQualifier();
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00006350 } else {
6351 UnresolvedMemberExpr *UnresExpr = cast<UnresolvedMemberExpr>(NakedMemExpr);
Douglas Gregorcc3f3252010-03-03 23:55:11 +00006352 Qualifier = UnresExpr->getQualifier();
6353
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00006354 QualType ObjectType = UnresExpr->getBaseType();
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00006355
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00006356 // Add overload candidates
John McCallbc077cf2010-02-08 23:07:23 +00006357 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(UnresExpr->getMemberLoc());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006358
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00006359 // FIXME: avoid copy.
6360 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgsBuffer, *TemplateArgs = 0;
6361 if (UnresExpr->hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) {
6362 UnresExpr->copyTemplateArgumentsInto(TemplateArgsBuffer);
6363 TemplateArgs = &TemplateArgsBuffer;
6364 }
6365
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00006366 for (UnresolvedMemberExpr::decls_iterator I = UnresExpr->decls_begin(),
6367 E = UnresExpr->decls_end(); I != E; ++I) {
6368
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00006369 NamedDecl *Func = *I;
6370 CXXRecordDecl *ActingDC = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Func->getDeclContext());
6371 if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(Func))
6372 Func = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Func)->getTargetDecl();
6373
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00006374 if ((Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Func))) {
Douglas Gregord3319842009-10-24 04:59:53 +00006375 // If explicit template arguments were provided, we can't call a
6376 // non-template member function.
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00006377 if (TemplateArgs)
Douglas Gregord3319842009-10-24 04:59:53 +00006378 continue;
6379
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00006380 AddMethodCandidate(Method, I.getPair(), ActingDC, ObjectType,
John McCallb89836b2010-01-26 01:37:31 +00006381 Args, NumArgs,
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00006382 CandidateSet, /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false);
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00006383 } else {
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00006384 AddMethodTemplateCandidate(cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(Func),
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00006385 I.getPair(), ActingDC, TemplateArgs,
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00006386 ObjectType, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor5ed5ae42009-08-21 18:42:58 +00006387 CandidateSet,
6388 /*SuppressUsedConversions=*/false);
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00006389 }
Douglas Gregor5ed5ae42009-08-21 18:42:58 +00006390 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006391
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00006392 DeclarationName DeclName = UnresExpr->getMemberName();
6393
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00006394 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00006395 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, UnresExpr->getLocStart(), Best)) {
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00006396 case OR_Success:
6397 Method = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Best->Function);
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00006398 FoundDecl = Best->FoundDecl;
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00006399 CheckUnresolvedMemberAccess(UnresExpr, Best->FoundDecl);
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00006400 break;
6401
6402 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00006403 Diag(UnresExpr->getMemberLoc(),
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00006404 diag::err_ovl_no_viable_member_function_in_call)
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00006405 << DeclName << MemExprE->getSourceRange();
John McCallad907772010-01-12 07:18:19 +00006406 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_AllCandidates, Args, NumArgs);
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00006407 // FIXME: Leaking incoming expressions!
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00006408 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00006409
6410 case OR_Ambiguous:
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00006411 Diag(UnresExpr->getMemberLoc(), diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_member_call)
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00006412 << DeclName << MemExprE->getSourceRange();
John McCallad907772010-01-12 07:18:19 +00006413 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_AllCandidates, Args, NumArgs);
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00006414 // FIXME: Leaking incoming expressions!
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00006415 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00006416
6417 case OR_Deleted:
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00006418 Diag(UnresExpr->getMemberLoc(), diag::err_ovl_deleted_member_call)
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00006419 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00006420 << DeclName << MemExprE->getSourceRange();
John McCallad907772010-01-12 07:18:19 +00006421 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_AllCandidates, Args, NumArgs);
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00006422 // FIXME: Leaking incoming expressions!
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00006423 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00006424 }
6425
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00006426 MemExprE = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(MemExprE, FoundDecl, Method);
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00006427
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00006428 // If overload resolution picked a static member, build a
6429 // non-member call based on that function.
6430 if (Method->isStatic()) {
6431 return BuildResolvedCallExpr(MemExprE, Method, LParenLoc,
6432 Args, NumArgs, RParenLoc);
6433 }
6434
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00006435 MemExpr = cast<MemberExpr>(MemExprE->IgnoreParens());
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00006436 }
6437
6438 assert(Method && "Member call to something that isn't a method?");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006439 ExprOwningPtr<CXXMemberCallExpr>
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00006440 TheCall(this, new (Context) CXXMemberCallExpr(Context, MemExprE, Args,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006441 NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00006442 Method->getResultType().getNonReferenceType(),
6443 RParenLoc));
6444
Anders Carlssonc4859ba2009-10-10 00:06:20 +00006445 // Check for a valid return type.
6446 if (CheckCallReturnType(Method->getResultType(), MemExpr->getMemberLoc(),
6447 TheCall.get(), Method))
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00006448 return ExprError();
Anders Carlssonc4859ba2009-10-10 00:06:20 +00006449
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00006450 // Convert the object argument (for a non-static member function call).
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00006451 // We only need to do this if there was actually an overload; otherwise
6452 // it was done at lookup.
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00006453 Expr *ObjectArg = MemExpr->getBase();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006454 if (!Method->isStatic() &&
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00006455 PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(ObjectArg, Qualifier,
6456 FoundDecl, Method))
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00006457 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00006458 MemExpr->setBase(ObjectArg);
6459
6460 // Convert the rest of the arguments
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00006461 const FunctionProtoType *Proto = cast<FunctionProtoType>(Method->getType());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006462 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(&*TheCall, MemExpr, Method, Proto, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00006463 RParenLoc))
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00006464 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00006465
Anders Carlssonbc4c1072009-08-16 01:56:34 +00006466 if (CheckFunctionCall(Method, TheCall.get()))
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00006467 return ExprError();
Anders Carlsson8c84c202009-08-16 03:42:12 +00006468
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00006469 return MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.release());
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00006470}
6471
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00006472/// BuildCallToObjectOfClassType - Build a call to an object of class
6473/// type (C++ [over.call.object]), which can end up invoking an
6474/// overloaded function call operator (@c operator()) or performing a
6475/// user-defined conversion on the object argument.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006476Sema::ExprResult
6477Sema::BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(Scope *S, Expr *Object,
Douglas Gregorb0846b02008-12-06 00:22:45 +00006478 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00006479 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006480 SourceLocation *CommaLocs,
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00006481 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
6482 assert(Object->getType()->isRecordType() && "Requires object type argument");
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00006483 const RecordType *Record = Object->getType()->getAs<RecordType>();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006484
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00006485 // C++ [over.call.object]p1:
6486 // If the primary-expression E in the function call syntax
Eli Friedman44b83ee2009-08-05 19:21:58 +00006487 // evaluates to a class object of type "cv T", then the set of
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00006488 // candidate functions includes at least the function call
6489 // operators of T. The function call operators of T are obtained by
6490 // ordinary lookup of the name operator() in the context of
6491 // (E).operator().
John McCallbc077cf2010-02-08 23:07:23 +00006492 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(LParenLoc);
Douglas Gregor91f84212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00006493 DeclarationName OpName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Call);
Douglas Gregorc473cbb2009-11-15 07:48:03 +00006494
6495 if (RequireCompleteType(LParenLoc, Object->getType(),
Douglas Gregor89336232010-03-29 23:34:08 +00006496 PDiag(diag::err_incomplete_object_call)
Douglas Gregorc473cbb2009-11-15 07:48:03 +00006497 << Object->getSourceRange()))
6498 return true;
6499
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00006500 LookupResult R(*this, OpName, LParenLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
6501 LookupQualifiedName(R, Record->getDecl());
6502 R.suppressDiagnostics();
6503
Douglas Gregorc473cbb2009-11-15 07:48:03 +00006504 for (LookupResult::iterator Oper = R.begin(), OperEnd = R.end();
Douglas Gregor358e7742009-11-07 17:23:56 +00006505 Oper != OperEnd; ++Oper) {
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00006506 AddMethodCandidate(Oper.getPair(), Object->getType(),
John McCallb89836b2010-01-26 01:37:31 +00006507 Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet,
John McCallf0f1cf02009-11-17 07:50:12 +00006508 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/ false);
Douglas Gregor358e7742009-11-07 17:23:56 +00006509 }
Douglas Gregor74ba25c2009-10-21 06:18:39 +00006510
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00006511 // C++ [over.call.object]p2:
6512 // In addition, for each conversion function declared in T of the
6513 // form
6514 //
6515 // operator conversion-type-id () cv-qualifier;
6516 //
6517 // where cv-qualifier is the same cv-qualification as, or a
6518 // greater cv-qualification than, cv, and where conversion-type-id
Douglas Gregorf49fdf82008-11-20 13:33:37 +00006519 // denotes the type "pointer to function of (P1,...,Pn) returning
6520 // R", or the type "reference to pointer to function of
6521 // (P1,...,Pn) returning R", or the type "reference to function
6522 // of (P1,...,Pn) returning R", a surrogate call function [...]
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00006523 // is also considered as a candidate function. Similarly,
6524 // surrogate call functions are added to the set of candidate
6525 // functions for each conversion function declared in an
6526 // accessible base class provided the function is not hidden
6527 // within T by another intervening declaration.
John McCallad371252010-01-20 00:46:10 +00006528 const UnresolvedSetImpl *Conversions
Douglas Gregor21591822010-01-11 19:36:35 +00006529 = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl())->getVisibleConversionFunctions();
John McCallad371252010-01-20 00:46:10 +00006530 for (UnresolvedSetImpl::iterator I = Conversions->begin(),
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00006531 E = Conversions->end(); I != E; ++I) {
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00006532 NamedDecl *D = *I;
6533 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext());
6534 if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D))
6535 D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl();
6536
Douglas Gregor74ba25c2009-10-21 06:18:39 +00006537 // Skip over templated conversion functions; they aren't
6538 // surrogates.
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00006539 if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
Douglas Gregor74ba25c2009-10-21 06:18:39 +00006540 continue;
Douglas Gregor05155d82009-08-21 23:19:43 +00006541
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00006542 CXXConversionDecl *Conv = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(D);
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00006543
Douglas Gregor74ba25c2009-10-21 06:18:39 +00006544 // Strip the reference type (if any) and then the pointer type (if
6545 // any) to get down to what might be a function type.
6546 QualType ConvType = Conv->getConversionType().getNonReferenceType();
6547 if (const PointerType *ConvPtrType = ConvType->getAs<PointerType>())
6548 ConvType = ConvPtrType->getPointeeType();
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00006549
Douglas Gregor74ba25c2009-10-21 06:18:39 +00006550 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = ConvType->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00006551 AddSurrogateCandidate(Conv, I.getPair(), ActingContext, Proto,
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00006552 Object->getType(), Args, NumArgs,
6553 CandidateSet);
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00006554 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006555
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00006556 // Perform overload resolution.
6557 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006558 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, Object->getLocStart(), Best)) {
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00006559 case OR_Success:
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00006560 // Overload resolution succeeded; we'll build the appropriate call
6561 // below.
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00006562 break;
6563
6564 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
John McCall02374852010-01-07 02:04:15 +00006565 if (CandidateSet.empty())
6566 Diag(Object->getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::err_ovl_no_oper)
6567 << Object->getType() << /*call*/ 1
6568 << Object->getSourceRange();
6569 else
6570 Diag(Object->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
6571 diag::err_ovl_no_viable_object_call)
6572 << Object->getType() << Object->getSourceRange();
John McCallad907772010-01-12 07:18:19 +00006573 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_AllCandidates, Args, NumArgs);
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00006574 break;
6575
6576 case OR_Ambiguous:
6577 Diag(Object->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
6578 diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_object_call)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00006579 << Object->getType() << Object->getSourceRange();
John McCallad907772010-01-12 07:18:19 +00006580 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_ViableCandidates, Args, NumArgs);
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00006581 break;
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00006582
6583 case OR_Deleted:
6584 Diag(Object->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
6585 diag::err_ovl_deleted_object_call)
6586 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
6587 << Object->getType() << Object->getSourceRange();
John McCallad907772010-01-12 07:18:19 +00006588 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_AllCandidates, Args, NumArgs);
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00006589 break;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006590 }
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00006591
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00006592 if (Best == CandidateSet.end()) {
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00006593 // We had an error; delete all of the subexpressions and return
6594 // the error.
Ted Kremenek5a201952009-02-07 01:47:29 +00006595 Object->Destroy(Context);
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00006596 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx)
Ted Kremenek5a201952009-02-07 01:47:29 +00006597 Args[ArgIdx]->Destroy(Context);
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00006598 return true;
6599 }
6600
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00006601 if (Best->Function == 0) {
6602 // Since there is no function declaration, this is one of the
6603 // surrogate candidates. Dig out the conversion function.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006604 CXXConversionDecl *Conv
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00006605 = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(
6606 Best->Conversions[0].UserDefined.ConversionFunction);
6607
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00006608 CheckMemberOperatorAccess(LParenLoc, Object, 0, Best->FoundDecl);
John McCall49ec2e62010-01-28 01:54:34 +00006609
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00006610 // We selected one of the surrogate functions that converts the
6611 // object parameter to a function pointer. Perform the conversion
6612 // on the object argument, then let ActOnCallExpr finish the job.
Fariborz Jahanian774cf792009-09-28 18:35:46 +00006613
6614 // Create an implicit member expr to refer to the conversion operator.
Fariborz Jahanian78cfcb52009-09-28 23:23:40 +00006615 // and then call it.
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00006616 CXXMemberCallExpr *CE = BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(Object, Best->FoundDecl,
6617 Conv);
Fariborz Jahanian78cfcb52009-09-28 23:23:40 +00006618
Fariborz Jahanian774cf792009-09-28 18:35:46 +00006619 return ActOnCallExpr(S, ExprArg(*this, CE), LParenLoc,
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00006620 MultiExprArg(*this, (ExprTy**)Args, NumArgs),
Douglas Gregore5e775b2010-04-13 15:50:39 +00006621 CommaLocs, RParenLoc).result();
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00006622 }
6623
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00006624 CheckMemberOperatorAccess(LParenLoc, Object, 0, Best->FoundDecl);
John McCall49ec2e62010-01-28 01:54:34 +00006625
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00006626 // We found an overloaded operator(). Build a CXXOperatorCallExpr
6627 // that calls this method, using Object for the implicit object
6628 // parameter and passing along the remaining arguments.
6629 CXXMethodDecl *Method = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Best->Function);
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00006630 const FunctionProtoType *Proto = Method->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00006631
6632 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
6633 unsigned NumArgsToCheck = NumArgs;
6634
6635 // Build the full argument list for the method call (the
6636 // implicit object parameter is placed at the beginning of the
6637 // list).
6638 Expr **MethodArgs;
6639 if (NumArgs < NumArgsInProto) {
6640 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
6641 MethodArgs = new Expr*[NumArgsInProto + 1];
6642 } else {
6643 MethodArgs = new Expr*[NumArgs + 1];
6644 }
6645 MethodArgs[0] = Object;
6646 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx)
6647 MethodArgs[ArgIdx + 1] = Args[ArgIdx];
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006648
6649 Expr *NewFn = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(Method, Method->getType(),
Ted Kremenek5a201952009-02-07 01:47:29 +00006650 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00006651 UsualUnaryConversions(NewFn);
6652
6653 // Once we've built TheCall, all of the expressions are properly
6654 // owned.
6655 QualType ResultTy = Method->getResultType().getNonReferenceType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006656 ExprOwningPtr<CXXOperatorCallExpr>
6657 TheCall(this, new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OO_Call, NewFn,
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006658 MethodArgs, NumArgs + 1,
Ted Kremenek5a201952009-02-07 01:47:29 +00006659 ResultTy, RParenLoc));
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00006660 delete [] MethodArgs;
6661
Anders Carlsson3d5829c2009-10-13 21:49:31 +00006662 if (CheckCallReturnType(Method->getResultType(), LParenLoc, TheCall.get(),
6663 Method))
6664 return true;
6665
Douglas Gregor02a0acd2009-01-13 05:10:00 +00006666 // We may have default arguments. If so, we need to allocate more
6667 // slots in the call for them.
6668 if (NumArgs < NumArgsInProto)
Ted Kremenek5a201952009-02-07 01:47:29 +00006669 TheCall->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto + 1);
Douglas Gregor02a0acd2009-01-13 05:10:00 +00006670 else if (NumArgs > NumArgsInProto)
6671 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
6672
Chris Lattnera8a7d0f2009-04-12 08:11:20 +00006673 bool IsError = false;
6674
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00006675 // Initialize the implicit object parameter.
Douglas Gregorcc3f3252010-03-03 23:55:11 +00006676 IsError |= PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Object, /*Qualifier=*/0,
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00006677 Best->FoundDecl, Method);
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00006678 TheCall->setArg(0, Object);
6679
Chris Lattnera8a7d0f2009-04-12 08:11:20 +00006680
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00006681 // Check the argument types.
6682 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgsToCheck; i++) {
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00006683 Expr *Arg;
Douglas Gregor02a0acd2009-01-13 05:10:00 +00006684 if (i < NumArgs) {
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00006685 Arg = Args[i];
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006686
Douglas Gregor02a0acd2009-01-13 05:10:00 +00006687 // Pass the argument.
Anders Carlsson7c5fe482010-01-29 18:43:53 +00006688
6689 OwningExprResult InputInit
6690 = PerformCopyInitialization(InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(
6691 Method->getParamDecl(i)),
6692 SourceLocation(), Owned(Arg));
6693
6694 IsError |= InputInit.isInvalid();
6695 Arg = InputInit.takeAs<Expr>();
Douglas Gregor02a0acd2009-01-13 05:10:00 +00006696 } else {
Douglas Gregor1bc688d2009-11-09 19:27:57 +00006697 OwningExprResult DefArg
6698 = BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(LParenLoc, Method, Method->getParamDecl(i));
6699 if (DefArg.isInvalid()) {
6700 IsError = true;
6701 break;
6702 }
6703
6704 Arg = DefArg.takeAs<Expr>();
Douglas Gregor02a0acd2009-01-13 05:10:00 +00006705 }
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00006706
6707 TheCall->setArg(i + 1, Arg);
6708 }
6709
6710 // If this is a variadic call, handle args passed through "...".
6711 if (Proto->isVariadic()) {
6712 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p7).
6713 for (unsigned i = NumArgsInProto; i != NumArgs; i++) {
6714 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
Chris Lattnera8a7d0f2009-04-12 08:11:20 +00006715 IsError |= DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Arg, VariadicMethod);
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00006716 TheCall->setArg(i + 1, Arg);
6717 }
6718 }
6719
Chris Lattnera8a7d0f2009-04-12 08:11:20 +00006720 if (IsError) return true;
6721
Anders Carlssonbc4c1072009-08-16 01:56:34 +00006722 if (CheckFunctionCall(Method, TheCall.get()))
6723 return true;
6724
Douglas Gregore5e775b2010-04-13 15:50:39 +00006725 return MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.release()).result();
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00006726}
6727
Douglas Gregore0e79bd2008-11-20 16:27:02 +00006728/// BuildOverloadedArrowExpr - Build a call to an overloaded @c operator->
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006729/// (if one exists), where @c Base is an expression of class type and
Douglas Gregore0e79bd2008-11-20 16:27:02 +00006730/// @c Member is the name of the member we're trying to find.
Douglas Gregord8061562009-08-06 03:17:00 +00006731Sema::OwningExprResult
6732Sema::BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg BaseIn, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
6733 Expr *Base = static_cast<Expr *>(BaseIn.get());
Douglas Gregore0e79bd2008-11-20 16:27:02 +00006734 assert(Base->getType()->isRecordType() && "left-hand side must have class type");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006735
John McCallbc077cf2010-02-08 23:07:23 +00006736 SourceLocation Loc = Base->getExprLoc();
6737
Douglas Gregore0e79bd2008-11-20 16:27:02 +00006738 // C++ [over.ref]p1:
6739 //
6740 // [...] An expression x->m is interpreted as (x.operator->())->m
6741 // for a class object x of type T if T::operator->() exists and if
6742 // the operator is selected as the best match function by the
6743 // overload resolution mechanism (13.3).
Douglas Gregore0e79bd2008-11-20 16:27:02 +00006744 DeclarationName OpName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Arrow);
John McCallbc077cf2010-02-08 23:07:23 +00006745 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(Loc);
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00006746 const RecordType *BaseRecord = Base->getType()->getAs<RecordType>();
Douglas Gregord8061562009-08-06 03:17:00 +00006747
John McCallbc077cf2010-02-08 23:07:23 +00006748 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, Base->getType(),
Eli Friedman132e70b2009-11-18 01:28:03 +00006749 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_tag)
6750 << Base->getSourceRange()))
6751 return ExprError();
6752
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00006753 LookupResult R(*this, OpName, OpLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
6754 LookupQualifiedName(R, BaseRecord->getDecl());
6755 R.suppressDiagnostics();
Anders Carlsson78b54932009-09-10 23:18:36 +00006756
6757 for (LookupResult::iterator Oper = R.begin(), OperEnd = R.end();
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00006758 Oper != OperEnd; ++Oper) {
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00006759 AddMethodCandidate(Oper.getPair(), Base->getType(), 0, 0, CandidateSet,
Douglas Gregore0e79bd2008-11-20 16:27:02 +00006760 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false);
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00006761 }
Douglas Gregore0e79bd2008-11-20 16:27:02 +00006762
6763 // Perform overload resolution.
6764 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006765 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, OpLoc, Best)) {
Douglas Gregore0e79bd2008-11-20 16:27:02 +00006766 case OR_Success:
6767 // Overload resolution succeeded; we'll build the call below.
6768 break;
6769
6770 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
6771 if (CandidateSet.empty())
6772 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_arrow)
Douglas Gregord8061562009-08-06 03:17:00 +00006773 << Base->getType() << Base->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregore0e79bd2008-11-20 16:27:02 +00006774 else
6775 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_no_viable_oper)
Douglas Gregord8061562009-08-06 03:17:00 +00006776 << "operator->" << Base->getSourceRange();
John McCallad907772010-01-12 07:18:19 +00006777 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_AllCandidates, &Base, 1);
Douglas Gregord8061562009-08-06 03:17:00 +00006778 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregore0e79bd2008-11-20 16:27:02 +00006779
6780 case OR_Ambiguous:
6781 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
Anders Carlsson78b54932009-09-10 23:18:36 +00006782 << "->" << Base->getSourceRange();
John McCallad907772010-01-12 07:18:19 +00006783 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_ViableCandidates, &Base, 1);
Douglas Gregord8061562009-08-06 03:17:00 +00006784 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00006785
6786 case OR_Deleted:
6787 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
6788 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
Anders Carlsson78b54932009-09-10 23:18:36 +00006789 << "->" << Base->getSourceRange();
John McCallad907772010-01-12 07:18:19 +00006790 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_AllCandidates, &Base, 1);
Douglas Gregord8061562009-08-06 03:17:00 +00006791 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregore0e79bd2008-11-20 16:27:02 +00006792 }
6793
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00006794 CheckMemberOperatorAccess(OpLoc, Base, 0, Best->FoundDecl);
6795
Douglas Gregore0e79bd2008-11-20 16:27:02 +00006796 // Convert the object parameter.
6797 CXXMethodDecl *Method = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Best->Function);
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00006798 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Base, /*Qualifier=*/0,
6799 Best->FoundDecl, Method))
Douglas Gregord8061562009-08-06 03:17:00 +00006800 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor9ecea262008-11-21 03:04:22 +00006801
6802 // No concerns about early exits now.
Douglas Gregord8061562009-08-06 03:17:00 +00006803 BaseIn.release();
Douglas Gregore0e79bd2008-11-20 16:27:02 +00006804
6805 // Build the operator call.
Ted Kremenek5a201952009-02-07 01:47:29 +00006806 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(Method, Method->getType(),
6807 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregore0e79bd2008-11-20 16:27:02 +00006808 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
Anders Carlssone4f4b5e2009-10-13 22:43:21 +00006809
6810 QualType ResultTy = Method->getResultType().getNonReferenceType();
6811 ExprOwningPtr<CXXOperatorCallExpr>
6812 TheCall(this, new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OO_Arrow, FnExpr,
6813 &Base, 1, ResultTy, OpLoc));
6814
6815 if (CheckCallReturnType(Method->getResultType(), OpLoc, TheCall.get(),
6816 Method))
6817 return ExprError();
6818 return move(TheCall);
Douglas Gregore0e79bd2008-11-20 16:27:02 +00006819}
6820
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00006821/// FixOverloadedFunctionReference - E is an expression that refers to
6822/// a C++ overloaded function (possibly with some parentheses and
6823/// perhaps a '&' around it). We have resolved the overloaded function
6824/// to the function declaration Fn, so patch up the expression E to
Anders Carlssonfcb4ab42009-10-21 17:16:23 +00006825/// refer (possibly indirectly) to Fn. Returns the new expr.
John McCalla8ae2222010-04-06 21:38:20 +00006826Expr *Sema::FixOverloadedFunctionReference(Expr *E, DeclAccessPair Found,
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00006827 FunctionDecl *Fn) {
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00006828 if (ParenExpr *PE = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(E)) {
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00006829 Expr *SubExpr = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(PE->getSubExpr(),
6830 Found, Fn);
Douglas Gregor51c538b2009-11-20 19:42:02 +00006831 if (SubExpr == PE->getSubExpr())
6832 return PE->Retain();
6833
6834 return new (Context) ParenExpr(PE->getLParen(), PE->getRParen(), SubExpr);
6835 }
6836
6837 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) {
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00006838 Expr *SubExpr = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(ICE->getSubExpr(),
6839 Found, Fn);
Douglas Gregor091f0422009-10-23 22:18:25 +00006840 assert(Context.hasSameType(ICE->getSubExpr()->getType(),
Douglas Gregor51c538b2009-11-20 19:42:02 +00006841 SubExpr->getType()) &&
Douglas Gregor091f0422009-10-23 22:18:25 +00006842 "Implicit cast type cannot be determined from overload");
Douglas Gregor51c538b2009-11-20 19:42:02 +00006843 if (SubExpr == ICE->getSubExpr())
6844 return ICE->Retain();
6845
6846 return new (Context) ImplicitCastExpr(ICE->getType(),
6847 ICE->getCastKind(),
6848 SubExpr,
6849 ICE->isLvalueCast());
6850 }
6851
6852 if (UnaryOperator *UnOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(E)) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006853 assert(UnOp->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::AddrOf &&
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00006854 "Can only take the address of an overloaded function");
Douglas Gregor6f233ef2009-02-11 01:18:59 +00006855 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Fn)) {
6856 if (Method->isStatic()) {
6857 // Do nothing: static member functions aren't any different
6858 // from non-member functions.
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00006859 } else {
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00006860 // Fix the sub expression, which really has to be an
6861 // UnresolvedLookupExpr holding an overloaded member function
6862 // or template.
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00006863 Expr *SubExpr = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(UnOp->getSubExpr(),
6864 Found, Fn);
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00006865 if (SubExpr == UnOp->getSubExpr())
6866 return UnOp->Retain();
Douglas Gregor51c538b2009-11-20 19:42:02 +00006867
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00006868 assert(isa<DeclRefExpr>(SubExpr)
6869 && "fixed to something other than a decl ref");
6870 assert(cast<DeclRefExpr>(SubExpr)->getQualifier()
6871 && "fixed to a member ref with no nested name qualifier");
6872
6873 // We have taken the address of a pointer to member
6874 // function. Perform the computation here so that we get the
6875 // appropriate pointer to member type.
6876 QualType ClassType
6877 = Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(Method->getDeclContext()));
6878 QualType MemPtrType
6879 = Context.getMemberPointerType(Fn->getType(), ClassType.getTypePtr());
6880
6881 return new (Context) UnaryOperator(SubExpr, UnaryOperator::AddrOf,
6882 MemPtrType, UnOp->getOperatorLoc());
Douglas Gregor6f233ef2009-02-11 01:18:59 +00006883 }
6884 }
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00006885 Expr *SubExpr = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(UnOp->getSubExpr(),
6886 Found, Fn);
Douglas Gregor51c538b2009-11-20 19:42:02 +00006887 if (SubExpr == UnOp->getSubExpr())
6888 return UnOp->Retain();
Anders Carlssonfcb4ab42009-10-21 17:16:23 +00006889
Douglas Gregor51c538b2009-11-20 19:42:02 +00006890 return new (Context) UnaryOperator(SubExpr, UnaryOperator::AddrOf,
6891 Context.getPointerType(SubExpr->getType()),
6892 UnOp->getOperatorLoc());
Douglas Gregor51c538b2009-11-20 19:42:02 +00006893 }
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00006894
6895 if (UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE = dyn_cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(E)) {
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00006896 // FIXME: avoid copy.
6897 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgsBuffer, *TemplateArgs = 0;
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00006898 if (ULE->hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) {
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00006899 ULE->copyTemplateArgumentsInto(TemplateArgsBuffer);
6900 TemplateArgs = &TemplateArgsBuffer;
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00006901 }
6902
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00006903 return DeclRefExpr::Create(Context,
6904 ULE->getQualifier(),
6905 ULE->getQualifierRange(),
6906 Fn,
6907 ULE->getNameLoc(),
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00006908 Fn->getType(),
6909 TemplateArgs);
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00006910 }
6911
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00006912 if (UnresolvedMemberExpr *MemExpr = dyn_cast<UnresolvedMemberExpr>(E)) {
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00006913 // FIXME: avoid copy.
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00006914 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgsBuffer, *TemplateArgs = 0;
6915 if (MemExpr->hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) {
6916 MemExpr->copyTemplateArgumentsInto(TemplateArgsBuffer);
6917 TemplateArgs = &TemplateArgsBuffer;
6918 }
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00006919
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00006920 Expr *Base;
6921
6922 // If we're filling in
6923 if (MemExpr->isImplicitAccess()) {
6924 if (cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Fn)->isStatic()) {
6925 return DeclRefExpr::Create(Context,
6926 MemExpr->getQualifier(),
6927 MemExpr->getQualifierRange(),
6928 Fn,
6929 MemExpr->getMemberLoc(),
6930 Fn->getType(),
6931 TemplateArgs);
Douglas Gregorb15af892010-01-07 23:12:05 +00006932 } else {
6933 SourceLocation Loc = MemExpr->getMemberLoc();
6934 if (MemExpr->getQualifier())
6935 Loc = MemExpr->getQualifierRange().getBegin();
6936 Base = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(Loc,
6937 MemExpr->getBaseType(),
6938 /*isImplicit=*/true);
6939 }
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00006940 } else
6941 Base = MemExpr->getBase()->Retain();
6942
6943 return MemberExpr::Create(Context, Base,
Douglas Gregor51c538b2009-11-20 19:42:02 +00006944 MemExpr->isArrow(),
6945 MemExpr->getQualifier(),
6946 MemExpr->getQualifierRange(),
6947 Fn,
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00006948 Found,
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00006949 MemExpr->getMemberLoc(),
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00006950 TemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregor51c538b2009-11-20 19:42:02 +00006951 Fn->getType());
6952 }
6953
Douglas Gregor51c538b2009-11-20 19:42:02 +00006954 assert(false && "Invalid reference to overloaded function");
6955 return E->Retain();
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00006956}
6957
Douglas Gregor3e1e5272009-12-09 23:02:17 +00006958Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::FixOverloadedFunctionReference(OwningExprResult E,
John McCalla8ae2222010-04-06 21:38:20 +00006959 DeclAccessPair Found,
Douglas Gregor3e1e5272009-12-09 23:02:17 +00006960 FunctionDecl *Fn) {
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00006961 return Owned(FixOverloadedFunctionReference((Expr *)E.get(), Found, Fn));
Douglas Gregor3e1e5272009-12-09 23:02:17 +00006962}
6963
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00006964} // end namespace clang